U.S. patent application number 15/204429 was filed with the patent office on 2017-02-09 for opsin-binding ligands, compositions and methods for use.
This patent application is currently assigned to BIKAM PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.. The applicant listed for this patent is BIKAM PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.. Invention is credited to David S. Garvey.
Application Number | 20170037024 15/204429 |
Document ID | / |
Family ID | 47357439 |
Filed Date | 2017-02-09 |
United States Patent
Application |
20170037024 |
Kind Code |
A1 |
Garvey; David S. |
February 9, 2017 |
Opsin-Binding Ligands, Compositions and Methods for Use
Abstract
Compounds are disclosed that are useful for treating ophthalmic
conditions caused by or related to production of toxic visual cycle
products that accumulate in the eye, such as dry adult macular
degeneration, as well as conditions caused by or related to the
misfolding of mutant opsin proteins and/or the mis-localization of
opsin proteins. Compositions of these compounds alone or in
combination with other therapeutic agents are also described, along
with therapeutic methods of using such compounds and/or
compositions. Methods of synthesizing such agents are also
disclosed.
Inventors: |
Garvey; David S.; (Dover,
MA) |
|
Applicant: |
Name |
City |
State |
Country |
Type |
BIKAM PHARMACEUTICALS, INC. |
Cambridge |
MA |
US |
|
|
Assignee: |
BIKAM PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
Cambridge
MA
|
Family ID: |
47357439 |
Appl. No.: |
15/204429 |
Filed: |
July 7, 2016 |
Related U.S. Patent Documents
|
|
|
|
|
|
Application
Number |
Filing Date |
Patent Number |
|
|
14825699 |
Aug 13, 2015 |
9457004 |
|
|
15204429 |
|
|
|
|
14126177 |
Feb 4, 2014 |
9133082 |
|
|
PCT/US2012/042178 |
Jun 13, 2012 |
|
|
|
14825699 |
|
|
|
|
61564453 |
Nov 29, 2011 |
|
|
|
61562689 |
Nov 22, 2011 |
|
|
|
61520709 |
Jun 14, 2011 |
|
|
|
Current U.S.
Class: |
1/1 |
Current CPC
Class: |
C07C 255/56 20130101;
C07D 307/42 20130101; C07D 333/22 20130101; C07C 2601/14 20170501;
C07C 2601/16 20170501; C07D 333/16 20130101; C07C 49/792 20130101;
A61P 43/00 20180101; A61P 27/02 20180101; A61P 27/10 20180101; C07C
33/50 20130101; C07C 25/18 20130101; C07C 49/813 20130101; C07C
49/84 20130101; A61K 31/045 20130101; C07C 43/23 20130101; C07C
25/13 20130101; C07D 307/46 20130101; C07C 25/06 20130101; A61P
27/00 20180101; C07C 259/18 20130101; A61K 31/12 20130101; A61K
31/277 20130101; C07C 33/34 20130101; C07C 33/14 20130101; C07C
255/53 20130101 |
International
Class: |
C07D 333/22 20060101
C07D333/22; C07C 49/792 20060101 C07C049/792; C07C 33/50 20060101
C07C033/50; C07C 49/813 20060101 C07C049/813; C07C 255/56 20060101
C07C255/56; C07D 307/46 20060101 C07D307/46; C07D 333/16 20060101
C07D333/16; C07C 25/13 20060101 C07C025/13; C07C 25/06 20060101
C07C025/06; C07C 33/34 20060101 C07C033/34; C07D 307/42 20060101
C07D307/42 |
Goverment Interests
GOVERNMENT SUPPORT
[0002] This invention was made, in whole or in part, with
government support, under QTDP award No. D2491B1, obtained through
the Internal Revenue Service. The Government may have certain
rights in this invention.
Claims
1. A compound having the structure of Formula I ##STR00004##
wherein X is: 1) C(R.sub.i)(R.sub.j), or 2) oxygen; T is: 1)
CH.sub.2, 2) CH.sub.2CH.sub.2, or 3) absent; R.sup.1 and R.sup.2
are independently: 1) --CH.sub.3, or 2) --CH.sub.2CH.sub.3; R.sup.3
is: 1) hydrogen, 2) --CH.sub.3, or 3) --CH.sub.2CH.sub.3; R.sup.4
is: 1) hydrogen, or 2) --CH.sub.3; R.sub.a and R.sub.b are each
independently: 1) hydrogen, 2) --CH.sub.3, or 3)
--CH.sub.2CH.sub.3; R.sub.i and R.sub.j are each independently: 1)
hydrogen, 2) deuteron, 3) hydroxyl, 4) fluoro, 5) alkoxy, 6) lower
alkyl, or 7) lower haloalkyl; or R.sub.i and R.sub.j can be taken
together as oxo (.dbd.O): B is: ##STR00005## 7) cycloalkyl, 8)
lower alkyl, or 9) lower haloalkyl; R.sub.e, R.sub.f, R.sub.g,
R.sub.h and R.sub.k are each independently: 1) hydrogen, 2) lower
alkyl, 3) lower haloalkyl, 4) halogen, 5) nitro, 6) hydroxy, 7)
alkoxy, 8) nitrile, 9) carboxamido, 10) arylcarbonyl, 11)
carbamoyl, 12) amidyl, 13) amino, 14) alkylcarbonyl, or 15) urea or
16) --C(NOH)NH.sub.2; R.sub.l, R.sub.m and R.sub.n are: 1)
--CR.sub.e, or 2) nitrogen; but wherein at least one of R.sub.l,
R.sub.m and R.sub.n is nitrogen, and Z is: 1) oxygen, or 2) sulfur;
including pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates and hydrates
thereof.
2. The compound of claim 1, wherein X is CR.sub.iR.sub.j.
3. The compound of claim 2, wherein R.sub.i and R.sub.j are taken
together as oxo.
4. The compound of claim 2, wherein R.sub.i is hydroxyl and R.sub.j
is hydrogen.
5. The compound of claim 2, wherein R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are each
independently methyl or ethyl.
6. The compound of claim 2, wherein R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are each
methyl.
7. The compound of claim 2, wherein R.sup.3 is hydrogen or
methyl.
8. The compound of claim 7, wherein R.sup.3 methyl.
9. The compound of claim 1, wherein R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are both
methyl.
10. The compound of claim 1, wherein R.sup.3 is methyl or
hydrogen.
11. The compound of claim 10, wherein R.sup.3 is methyl.
12. The compound of claim 1, wherein T is CH.sub.2.
13. The compound of claim 1, wherein R.sub.a and R.sub.b are
independently hydrogen or methyl.
14. The compound of claim 13, wherein R.sub.a and R.sub.b are each
hydrogen.
15-37. (canceled)
38. A composition, comprising a therapeutically effective amount of
a compound of claim 1 in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
39. (canceled)
Description
[0001] This application claims priority of U.S. Provisional Patent
Application Ser. No. 61/564,453, filed 29 Nov. 2011, Ser. No.
61/562,689, filed 22 Nov. 2011, and Ser. No. 61/520,709, filed 14
Jun. 2011, the disclosures of all of which are hereby incorporated
by reference in their entirety.
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
[0003] The present invention relates to compounds and compositions
thereof for use in the treatment and/or prevention of ophthalmic
diseases.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
[0004] A diminished visual acuity or total loss of vision may
result from a number of eye diseases or disorders caused by
dysfunction of tissues or structures in the anterior segment of the
eye and/or posterior segment of the eye. Of those that occur as a
consequence of a dysfunction in the anterior segment, aberrations
in the visual cycle are often involved. The visual cycle (also
frequently referred to as the retinoid cycle) comprises a series of
light-driven and/or enzyme catalyzed reactions whereby a
light-sensitive chromophore (called rhodopsin) is formed by
covalent bonding between the protein opsin and the retinoid agent
11-cis-retinal and subsequently, upon exposure to light, the
11-cis-retinal is converted to all-trans-retinal, which can then be
regenerated into 11-cis-retinal to again interact with opsin. A
number of visual, ophthalmic, problems can arise due to
interference with this cycle. It is now understood that at least
some of these problems are due to improper protein folding, such as
that of the protein opsin.
[0005] The main light and dark photoreceptor in the mammalian eye
is the rod cell, which contains a folded membrane containing
protein molecules that can be sensitive to light, the main one
being opsin. Like other proteins present in mammalian cells, opsin
is synthesized in the endoplasmic reticulum (i.e., on ribosomes) of
the cytoplasm and then conducted to the cell membrane of rod cells.
In some cases, such as due to genetic defects and mutation of the
opsin protein, opsin can exhibit improper folding to form a
conformation that either fails to properly insert into the membrane
of the rod cell or else inserts but then fails to properly react
with 11-cis-retinal to form native rhodopsin. In either case, the
result is moderate to severe interference with visual perception in
the animal so afflicted.
[0006] Among the diseases and conditions linked to improper opsin
folding is retinitis pigmentosa (RP), a progressive
ocular-neurodegenerative disease (or group of diseases) that
affects an estimated 1 to 2 million people worldwide. In RP,
photoreceptor cells in the retina are damaged or destroyed, leading
to loss of peripheral vision (i.e., tunnel vision) and subsequent
partial or near-total blindness.
[0007] In the American population the most common defect occurs as
a result of replacement of a proline residue by a histidine residue
at amino acid number 23 in the opsin polypeptide chain (dubbed
"P23H"), caused by a mutation in the gene for opsin. The result is
production of a destabilized form of the protein, which is
misfolded and aggregates in the cytoplasm rather than being
transported to the cell surface. Like many other protein
conformational diseases (PCDs), the clinically common P23H opsin
mutant associated with autosomal dominant RP is misfolded and
retained intracellularly. The aggregation of the misfolded protein
is believed to result in photoreceptor damage and cell death.
[0008] Recent studies have identified small molecules that
stabilize misfolded mutant proteins associated with disease. Some
of these, dubbed "chemical chaperones," stabilize proteins
non-specifically. Examples of these include glycerol and
trimethylamine oxide. These are not very desirable for treating
ophthalmic disease because such treatment usually requires high
dosages that may cause toxic side effects. Other agents, dubbed
"pharmacological chaperones," (which include native ligands and
substrate analogs) act to stabilize the protein by binding to
specific sites and have been identified for many misfolded
proteins, e.g., G-protein coupled receptors. Opsin is an example of
a G-protein coupled receptor and its canonical pharmacological
chaperones include the class of compounds referred to as retinoids.
Thus, certain retinoid compounds have been shown to stabilize
mutant opsin proteins (see, for example, U.S. Patent Pub.
2004-0242704, as well as Noorwez et al., J. Biol. Chem., 279(16):
16278-16284 (2004)).
[0009] The visual cycle comprises a series of enzyme catalyzed
reactions, usually initiated by a light impulse, whereby the visual
chromophore of rhodopsin, consisting of opsin protein bound
covalently to 11-cis-retinal, is converted to an all-trans-isomer
that is subsequently released from the activated rhodopsin to form
opsin and the all-trans-retinal product. This part of the visual
cycle occurs in the outer portion of the rod cells of the retina of
the eye. Subsequent parts of the cycle occur in the retinal
pigmented epithelium (RPE). Components of this cycle include
various enzymes, such as dehydrogenases and isomerases, as well as
transport proteins for conveying materials between the RPE and the
rod cells.
[0010] As a result of the visual cycle, various products are
produced, called visual cycle products. One of these is
all-trans-retinal produced in the rod cells as a direct result of
light impulses contacting the 11-cis-retinal moiety of rhodopsin.
All-trans-retinal, after release from the activated rhodopsin, can
be regenerated back into 11-cis-retinal or can react with an
additional molecule of all-trans-retinal and a molecule of
phosphatidylethanolamine to produce
N-retinylidene-N-retinylethanolamine (dubbed "A2E"), an
orange-emitting fluorophore that can subsequently collect in the
rod cells and in the retina pigmented epithelium (RPE). As A2E
builds up (as a normal consequence of the visual cycle) it can also
be converted into lipofuscin, a toxic substance that has been
implicated in several abnormalities, including ophthalmic
conditions such as wet and dry age related macular degeneration
(ARMD). A2E can also prove toxic to the RPE and has been associated
with dry ARMD.
[0011] Because the build-up of toxic visual cycle products is a
normal part of the physiological process, it is likely that all
mammals, especially all humans, possess such an accumulation to
some extent throughout life. However, during surgical procedures on
the eye, especially on the retina, where strong light is required
over an extended period, for example, near the end of cataract
surgery and while implanting the new lens, these otherwise natural
processes can cause toxicity because of the build-up of natural
products of the visual cycle. Additionally, excessive rhodopsin
activation as a result of bright light stimulation can cause
photoreceptor cell apoptosis via an AP-1 transcription factor
dependent mechanism. Because of this, there is a need for agents
that can be administered prior to, during or after (or any
combination of these) the surgical process and that has the effect
of inhibiting rhodopsin activation as well as reducing the
production of visual cycle products that would otherwise accumulate
and result in toxicity to the eye, especially to the retina.
[0012] The present invention answers this need by providing small
molecules which noncovalently bind to opsin or mutated forms of
opsin for treating and/or amelioration such conditions, if not
preventing them completely. Importantly, such agents are not
natural retinoids and thus are not tightly controlled for entrance
into the rod cells, where mutated forms of opsin are synthesized
and/or visual cycle products otherwise accumulate. Therefore, such
agents can essentially be titrated in as needed for facilitating
the proper folding trafficking of mutated opsins to the cell
membrane or prevention of rhodopsin activation that can lead to the
excessive build-up of visual cycle products like all-trans-retinal
that in turn can lead to toxic metabolic products. Such compounds
may compete with 11-cis-retinal to reduce all-trans-retinal by
tying up the retinal binding pocket of opsin to prevent excessive
all-trans-retinal build up. Thus, the compounds provided by the
present invention have the advantage that they do not directly
inhibit the enzymatic processes by which 11-cis-retinal is produced
in the eye (thus not contributing to retinal degeneration).
Instead, the formation of all-trans-retinal is limited and thereby
the formation of A2E is reduced. Finally, by limiting the ability
of 11-cis-retinal to combine with opsin to form rhodopsin,
rhodopsin activation caused by bright light stimulation especially
during ophthalmic surgery is also diminished thus preventing the
photocell death that results.
[0013] Mislocalization of photoreceptor cell visual pigment
proteins (opsins) can occur in various ocular diseases, and also
with normal aging. In both cases the accumulation of mislocalized
opsin leads to the decline in viability of photoreceptor cells.
With time this mislocalized opsin accumulation leads to rod and
cone cell death, retinal degeneration, and loss of vision. The
present invention solves this problem by providing a method of
correcting mislocalized opsin within a photoreceptor cell by
contacting a mislocalized opsin protein with an opsin-binding agent
that binds reversibly and/or non-covalently to said mislocalized
opsin protein, and promotes the appropriate intracellular
processing and transport of said opsin protein. This correction of
mislocalization relieves photoreceptor cell stress, preventing
decline in viability and death of photoreceptor cells in various
diseases of vision loss, and in normal age-related decline in
dim-light and peripheral rod-mediated vision, central cone-mediated
vision, and loss of night vision.
BRIEF SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0014] In one aspect, the present invention provides compounds
having the structure of Formula I, including pharmaceutically
acceptable salts, solvates and hydrates thereof, and compositions
of said compounds:
##STR00001##
[0015] wherein B, T, R.sup.1, R.sup.2, R.sup.3, R.sup.4, R.sub.a,
R.sub.b, and X are as described elsewhere herein.
[0016] In a related aspect, the present invention relates to a
method of inhibiting the formation or accumulation of a visual
cycle product, comprising contacting an opsin protein with a
compound recited herein to inhibit formation of said visual cycle
product relative to when said contacting does not occur.
[0017] In a further aspect, the present invention relates to a
method to reduce the light toxicity associated with ophthalmic
surgery by preventing rhodopsin regeneration during surgery to a
mammalian eye and/or prevent or slow the formation of toxic visual
cycle products by fractionally preventing rhodopsin formation
during periods of light activation thereby providing a treatment of
ocular conditions associated with the build up of visual products
such as wet or dry ARMD.
[0018] In yet a further aspect, the present invention relates to a
method of correcting the proper folding and trafficking of mutated
opsin proteins, comprising contacting a mutated opsin protein with
a compound that stabilizes the proper three dimensional
conformation of the protein relative to when said contacting does
not occur wherein the compound has the structure of Formula I
including pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates and hydrates
thereof.
[0019] In one embodiment, the ligand selectively binds reversibly
or non-covalently to opsin. In another embodiment, the ligand binds
at or near the 11-cis-retinal binding pocket of the opsin protein.
In yet another embodiment, the ligand binds to the opsin protein so
as to inhibit or slow the covalent binding of 11-cis-retinal to the
opsin protein when the 11-cis-retinal is contacted with the opsin
protein in the presence of the ligand. In yet another embodiment,
the ligand binds to the opsin in the retinal binding pocket of
opsin protein or disrupts 11-cis-retinal binding to the retinal
binding pocket of opsin. In yet another embodiment, the ligand
binds to the opsin protein so as to inhibit covalent binding of
11-cis-retinal to the opsin protein. In yet another embodiment, the
mammal is a human being.
[0020] In yet another embodiment, slowing or halting the
progression of wet or dry ARMD is associated with reducing the
level of a visual cycle product, for example, a visual cycle
product formed from all-trans-retinal, such as lipofuscin or
N-retinylidine-N-retinylethanolamine (A2E). In yet another
embodiment slowing or halting the progression of RP is associated
with correcting the folding of mutated opsins. In another
embodiment, the administering is topical administration, local
administration (e.g., intraocular or periocular injection or
implant) or systemic administration (e.g., oral, injection). In yet
another embodiment, the light toxicity is related to an ophthalmic
procedure (e.g., ophthalmic surgery). In still another embodiment,
the administering occurs prior to, during, or after the ophthalmic
surgery.
[0021] Mislocalization of photoreceptor cell visual pigment
proteins (opsins) can occur in various ocular diseases, and also
with normal aging. In such cases the accumulation of mislocalized
opsin leads to the decline in viability of photoreceptor cells.
With time this mislocalized opsin accumulation leads to rod and
cone cell death, retinal degeneration, and loss of vision. In one
aspect, the invention provides a method of correcting mislocalized
opsin within a photoreceptor cell, comprising contacting a
mislocalized opsin protein with an opsin-binding agent that binds
reversibly and/or non-covalently to said mislocalized opsin protein
to promote the appropriate intracellular processing and transport
of said opsin protein. This correction of mislocalization reduces
photoreceptor cell stress, preventing photoreceptor cell decline in
viability and death in various diseases of vision loss, and in
normal age-related decline in dim-light and peripheral rod-mediated
vision, central cone-mediated vision, and loss of night vision.
[0022] In various embodiments, the ocular protein mislocalization
disorder is any one or more of wet or dry form of macular
degeneration, retinitis pigmentosa, a retinal or macular dystrophy,
Stargardt's disease, Sorsby's dystrophy, autosomal dominant drusen,
Best's dystrophy, peripherin mutation associate with macular
dystrophy, dominant form of Stargart's disease, North Carolina
macular dystrophy, light toxicity, retinitis pigmentosa, normal
vision loss related aging and normal loss of night vision related
to aging.
[0023] In still another embodiment, the method further involves
administering to a mammal, preferably a human being, an effective
amount of at least one additional agent selected from the group
consisting of a proteasomal inhibitor, an autophagy inhibitor, a
lysosomal inhibitor, an inhibitor of protein transport from the ER
to the Golgi, an Hsp90 chaperone inhibitor, a heat shock response
activator, a glycosidase inhibitor, and a histone deacetylase
inhibitor. In yet another embodiment, the opsin binding ligand and
the additional agent are administered simultaneously.
[0024] In still another embodiment, the opsin binding ligand and
the additional agent are each incorporated into a composition that
provides for their long-term release. In another embodiment, the
composition is part of a microsphere, nanosphere, nano emulsion or
implant. In another embodiment, the composition further involves
administering a mineral supplement, at least one anti-inflammatory
agent, such as a steroid (e.g., any one or more of cortisone,
hydrocortisone, prednisone, prednisolone, methylprednisolone,
triamcinolone, betamethasone, beclamethasone and dexamethasone), or
at least one anti-oxidant, such as vitamin A, vitamin C and vitamin
E. In various embodiments, the opsin binding ligand, the
anti-inflammatory agent, and/or the anti-oxidant are administered
simultaneously.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
[0025] FIG. 1 shows the increase in regeneration of 500 nm
absorbing pigment upon treatment with retinal from P23H opsin that
was treated with 20 .mu.M of .beta.-ionone during mutant protein
production relative to pigment formation in the presence of vehicle
(DMSO) alone.
DEFINITIONS
[0026] As used throughout the disclosure, the following terms,
unless otherwise indicated, shall be understood to have the
following meanings.
[0027] By "mislocalization" of a photoreceptor cell visual pigment
protein (for example, opsin, especially human opsin) is meant that
the synthesized protein is not found at the normal or appropriate
cellular location.
[0028] "Pharmacologic chaperones" refer to small molecular weight
chemical compounds that interact with a protein (usually with a
misfolded, or unfolded protein) in such a way as to alter the
folding or confirmation of said protein. Such an interaction can
have diverse consequences on the cellular fate of the protein,
including but not limited to leading to increased stability and
increased levels of functional protein, increased stability and
increased levels of non-functional protein, or decreased stability
and decreased levels of functional or non-functional protein.
[0029] "Productive chaperone" refers to a pharmacologic chaperone
that when interacting with a protein leads to an increased level of
functional protein.
[0030] "Counterproductive, shipwreck or destructive chaperone"
refers to a pharmacologic chaperone that interacts with a protein
(usually with a mis-folded, or un-folded protein) and this
interaction leads to a decreased stability and/or decreased levels
of functional or non-functional protein.
[0031] By "proteasomal inhibitor" is meant a compound that reduces
a proteasomal activity, such as the degradation of a ubiquinated
protein.
[0032] By "autophagy inhibitor" is meant a compound that reduces
the degradation of a cellular component by a cell in which the
component is located.
[0033] By "lysosomal inhibitor" is meant a compound that reduces
the intracellular digestion of macromolecules by a lysosome. In one
embodiment, a lysosomal inhibitor decreases the proteolytic
activity of a lysosome.
[0034] By "Inhibitor of ER-Golgi protein transport" is meant a
compound that reduces the transport of a protein from the ER
(endoplasmic reticulum) to the Golgi, or from the Golgi to the
ER.
[0035] By "HSP90 chaperone inhibitor" is meant a compound that
reduces the chaperone activity of heat shock protein 90 (HSP90). In
one embodiment, the inhibitor alters protein binding to an HSP90
ATP/ADP pocket.
[0036] By "heat shock response activator" is meant a compound that
increases the chaperone activity or expression of a heat shock
pathway component. Heat shock pathway components include, but are
not limited to, HSP100, HSP90, HSP70, HASP60, HSP40 and small HSP
family members.
[0037] By "glycosidase inhibitor" is meant a compound that reduces
the activity of an enzyme that cleaves a glycosidic bond.
[0038] By "histone deacetylase inhibitor" is meant a compound that
reduces the activity of an enzyme that deacetylates a histone.
[0039] By "reduces" or "increases" is meant a negative or positive
alteration, respectively. In particular embodiments, the alteration
is by at least about 10%, 25%, 50%, 75%, or 100% of the initial
level of the protein produced in the absence of the opsin binding
ligand.
[0040] As used herein, the term "wild-type conformation" refers to
the three dimensional conformation or shape of a protein that is
free of mutations to its amino acid sequence. For opsin, this means
a protein free from mutations that cause misfiling, such as the
mutation designated P23H (meaning that a proline is replaced by a
histidine at residue 23 starting from the N-terminus). Opsin in a
"wild-type conformation" is capable of opsin biological function,
including but not limited to, retinoid binding, visual cycle
function, and insertion into a photoreceptor membrane.
[0041] By "agent" is meant a small compound (also called a
"compound"), polypeptide, polynucleotide, or fragment thereof. The
terms compound and agent are used interchangeably unless
specifically stated otherwise herein for a particular agent or
compound.
[0042] By "correcting the conformation" of a protein is meant
inducing the protein to assume a conformation having at least one
biological activity associated with a wild-type protein.
[0043] By "misfolded opsin protein" is meant a protein whose
tertiary structure differs from the conformation of a wild-type
protein, such that the misfolded protein lacks one or more
biological activities associated with the wild-type protein.
[0044] By "selectively binds" is meant a compound that recognizes
and binds a polypeptide of the invention, such as opsin, but which
does not substantially recognize and bind other molecules,
especially non-opsin polypeptides, in a sample, for example, a
biological sample.
[0045] By "effective amount" or "therapeutically effective amount"
is meant a level of an agent sufficient to exert a physiological
effect on a cell, tissue, or organ or a patient. As used herein, it
is the amount sufficient to effect the methods of the invention to
achieve the desired result.
[0046] By "pharmacological chaperone" is meant a molecule that upon
contacting a mutant protein is able to facilitate/stabilize the
proper folding of the protein such that it acts and functions much
more like wild type protein than would be the case in the absence
of the molecule.
[0047] By "control" is meant a reference condition. For example,
where a cell contacted with an agent of the invention is compared
to a corresponding cell not contacted with the agent, the latter is
the "control" or "control" cell.
[0048] By "treat" is meant decrease, suppress, attenuate, diminish,
arrest, or stabilize the development or progression of a disease,
preferably an ocular disease, such as RP, AMD and/or light
toxicity.
[0049] By "prevent" is meant reduce the risk that a subject will
develop a condition, disease, or disorder, preferably an ocular
disease, such as RP, AMD and/or light toxicity.
[0050] By "competes for binding" is meant that a compound of the
invention and an endogenous ligand are incapable of binding to a
target at the same time. Assays to measure competitive binding are
known in the art, and include, measuring a dose dependent
inhibition in binding of a compound of the invention and an
endogenous ligand by measuring t.sub.1/2, for example.
[0051] A "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" is a salt formed from
an acid or a basic group of one of the compounds of the invention.
Illustrative salts include, but are not limited to, sulfate,
citrate, acetate, oxalate, chloride, bromide, iodide, nitrate,
bisulfate, phosphate, acid phosphate, isonicotinate, lactate,
salicylate, acid citrate, tartrate, oleate, tannate, pantothenate,
bitartrate, ascorbatc, succinate, maleate, gentisinate, fumarate,
gluconate, glucaronate, saccharate, formate, benzoate, glutamate,
methanesulfonate, ethanesulfonate, benzenesulfonate,
p-toluenesuifonate, and pamoate (i.e.,
1,1'-methytene-bis-(2-hydroxy-3-naphthoate)) salts.
[0052] The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" also refers to a
salt prepared from a compound of the invention having an acidic
functional group, such as a carboxylic acid functional group, and a
pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic or organic base. Suitable
bases include, but are not limited to, hydroxides of alkali metals
such as sodium, potassium, and lithium; hydroxides of alkaline
earth metal such as calcium and magnesium; hydroxides of other
metals, such as aluminum and zinc; ammonia, and organic amines,
such as unsubstituted or hydroxy-substituted mono-, di-, or
trialkylamines; dicyclohexylamine; tributyl amine; pyridine;
N-methyl-N-ethylamine; diethylamine; triethylamine; mono-, bis-, or
tris-(2-hydroxy-lower alkylamines), such as mono-, bis-, or
tris-(2-hydroxyethyl)-amine, 2-hydroxy-tert-butylamine, or
tris-(hydroxymethyl)methylamine, N,N,-di-lower alkyl-N-(hydroxy
lower alkyl)-amines, such as N,N-dimethyl-N-(2-hydroxyethyl)-amine,
or tri-(2-hydroxyethyl)amine; N-methyl-D-glucamine; and amino acids
such as arginine, lysine, and the like.
[0053] The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" also refers to a
salt prepared from a compound disclosed herein, e.g., a salt of a
compound of Example 1, having a basic functional group, such as an
amino functional group, and a pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic
or organic acid. Suitable acids include, but are not limited to,
hydrogen sulfate, citric acid, acetic acid, oxalic acid,
hydrochloric acid, hydrogen bromide, hydrogen iodide, nitric acid,
phosphoric acid, isonicotinic acid, lactic acid, salicylic acid,
tartaric acid, ascorbic acid, succinic acid, maleic acid, besylic
acid, fumaric acid, gluconic acid, glucaronic acid, saccharic acid,
formic acid, benzoic acid, glutamic acid, methanesulfonic acid,
ethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, and p-toluenesulfonic
acid.
[0054] The term "pharmaceutically-acceptable excipient" as used
herein means one or more compatible solid or liquid tiller,
diluents or encapsulating substances that are suitable for
administration into a human. The term "excipient" includes an inert
substance added to a pharmacological composition to further
facilitate administration of a compound. Examples of excipients
include but are not limited to calcium carbonate, calcium
phosphate, various sugars and types of starch, cellulose
derivatives, gelatin, vegetable oils and polyethylene glycols.
[0055] The term "carrier" denotes an organic or inorganic
ingredient, natural or synthetic, with which the active ingredient
is combined to facilitate administration.
[0056] The term "parenteral" includes subcutaneous, intrathecal,
intravenous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, or infusion.
[0057] The term "visual cycle product" refers to a chemical entity
produced as a natural product of one or more reactions of the
visual cycle (the reactive cycle whereby opsin protein binds
11-cis-retinal to form rhodopsin, which accepts a light impulse to
convert 11-cis-retinal to all trans-retinal, which is then released
from the molecule to regenerate opsin protein with subsequent
binding of a new 11-cis-retinal to regenerate rhodopsin). Such
visual cycle products include, but are not limited to,
all-trans-retinal, lipofuscin and A2E.
[0058] The term "light toxicity" refers to any condition affecting
vision that is associated with, related to, or caused by the
production and/or accumulation of visual cycle products. Visual
cycle products include, but are not limited to, all-trans-retinal,
lipofuscin or A2E. In one particular embodiment, light toxicity is
related to exposure of the eye to large amounts of light or to very
high light intensity, occurring, for example, during a surgical
procedure on the retina.
[0059] The term "opsin" refers to an opsin protein, preferably a
mammalian opsin protein, most preferably a human opsin protein. In
one embodiment, the opsin protein is in the wild-type (i.e.,
physiologically active) conformation. One method of assaying for
physiological activity is assaying the ability of opsin to bind
11-cis-retinal and form active rhodopsin. A mutant opsin, such as
the P23H mutant, that is ordinarily misfolded has a reduced ability
to bind 11-cis-retinal, and therefore forms little or no rhodopsin.
Where the conformation of the mutant opsin has been corrected (for
example, by binding to a pharmacological chaperone), the opsin is
correctly inserted into the rod cell membrane so that its
conformation is the same, or substantially the same, as that of a
non-mutant opsin. This allows the mutant opsin to bind
11-cis-retinal to form active rhodopsin. Therefore, the methods of
the invention operate to reduce the formation of visual cycle
products.
[0060] "Alkyl" refers to an unbroken non-cyclic chain of carbon
atoms that may be substituted with other chemical groups. It may
also be branched or unbranched, substituted or unsubstituted.
[0061] "Lower alkyl" refers to a branched or straight chain acyclic
alkyl group comprising one to ten carbon atoms, preferably one to
eight carbon atoms, more preferably one to six carbon atoms.
Exemplary lower alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl,
isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, pentyl,
neopentyl, iso-amyl, hexyl, and octyl.
[0062] All alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl groups disclosed herein may be
substituted with one or more of the following: lower alkyl,
hydroxy, ester, amidyl, oxo, carboxyl, carboxamido, halo, cyano,
nitrate, nitrite, thionitrate, thionitrite sulfhydryl and amino
groups (as elsewhere defined herein).
[0063] "Haloalkyl" refers to a lower alkyl group, an alkenyl group,
an alkynyl group, a bridged cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or
a heterocyclic ring, as defined herein, to which is appended one or
more halogens, as defined herein. Exemplary haloalkyl groups
include trifluoromethyl, chloromethyl, 2-bromobutyl and
1-bromo-2-chloro-pentyl.
[0064] "Alkenyl" refers to a branched or straight chain
C.sub.2-C.sub.10 hydrocarbon (preferably a C.sub.2-C.sub.8
hydrocarbon, more preferably a C.sub.2-C.sub.6 hydrocarbon) that
can comprise one or more carbon-carbon double bonds. Exemplary
alkenyl groups include propylenyl, buten-1-yl, isobutenyl,
penten-1-yl, 2,2-methylbuten-1-yl, 3-methylbuten-1-yl, hexan-1-yl,
hepten-1-yl and octen-1-yl.
[0065] "Lower alkenyl" refers to a branched or straight chain
C.sub.2-C.sub.4 hydrocarbon that can comprise one or two
carbon-carbon double bonds.
[0066] "Substituted alkenyl" refers to a branched or straight chain
C.sub.2-C.sub.10 hydrocarbon (preferably a C.sub.2-C.sub.8
hydrocarbon, more preferably a C.sub.2-C.sub.6 hydrocarbon) which
can comprise one or more carbon-carbon double bonds, wherein one or
more of the hydrogen atoms have been replaced with one or more
R.sup.100 groups, wherein each R.sup.100 is independently a
hydroxy, an oxo, a carboxyl, a carboxamido, a halo, a cyano or an
amino group, as defined herein.
[0067] "Alkynyl" refers to an unsaturated acyclic C.sub.2-C.sub.10
hydrocarbon (preferably a C.sub.2-C.sub.8 hydrocarbon, more
preferably a C.sub.2-C.sub.6 hydrocarbon) that can comprise one or
more carbon-carbon triple bonds. Exemplary alkynyl groups include
ethynyl, propynyl, butyn-1-yl, butyn-2-yl, pentyl-1-yl,
pentyl-2-yl, 3-methylbutyn-1-yl, hexyl-1-yl, hexyl-2-yl, hexyl-3-yl
and 3,3-dimethyl-butyn-1-yl.
[0068] "Lower alkynyl" refers to a branched or straight chain
C.sub.2-C.sub.4 hydrocarbon that can comprise one or two
carbon-carbon triple bonds
[0069] "Bridged cycloalkyl" refers to two or more cycloalkyl
groups, heterocyclic groups, or a combination thereof fused via
adjacent or non-adjacent atoms. Bridged cycloalkyl groups can be
unsubstituted or substituted with one, two or three substituents
independently selected from alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkylamino,
dialkylamino, hydroxy, halo, carboxyl, alkylcarboxylic acid, aryl,
amidyl, ester, alkylcarboxylic ester, carboxamido,
alkylcarboxamido, oxo and nitro. Exemplary bridged cycloalkyl
groups include adamantyl, decahydronapthyl, quinuclidyl,
2,6-dioxabicyclo(3.3.0)octane, 7-oxabicyclo(2.2.1)heptyl and
8-azabicyclo(3,2,1)oct-2-enyl.
[0070] "Cycloalkyl" refers to a saturated or unsaturated cyclic
hydrocarbon comprising from about 3 to about 10 carbon atoms.
Cycloalkyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted with one, two
or three substituents independently selected from alkyl, alkoxy,
amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, arylamino, diarylamino,
alkylarylamino, aryl, amidyl, ester, hydroxy, halo, carboxyl,
alkylcarboxylic acid, alkylcarboxylic ester, carboxamido,
alkylcarboxamido, oxo, alkylsulfinyl, and nitro. Exemplary
cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl,
cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl and cyclohepta-1,3-dienyl.
[0071] "Heterocyclic ring or group" refers to a saturated or
unsaturated cyclic or polycyclic hydrocarbon group having about 2
to about 12 carbon atoms where 1 to about 4 carbon atoms are
replaced by one or more nitrogen, oxygen and/or sulfur atoms.
Sulfur may be in the thio, sulfinyl or sulfonyl oxidation state.
The heterocyclic ring or group can be fused to an aromatic
hydrocarbon group. Heterocyclic groups can be unsubstituted or
substituted with one, two or three substituents independently
selected from alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkylthio, aryloxy, arylthio,
arylalkyl, hydroxy, oxo, thial, halo, carboxyl, carboxylic ester,
alkylcarboxylic acid, alkylcarboxylic ester, aryl, arylcarboxylic
acid, arylcarboxylic ester, amidyl, ester, alkylcarbonyl,
arylcarbonyl, alkylsulfinyl, carboxamido, alkylcarboxamido,
arylcarboxamido, sulfonic acid, sulfonic ester, sulfonamide nitrate
and nitro. Exemplary heterocyclic groups include pyrrolyl, furyl,
thienyl, 3-pyrrolinyl, 4,5,6-trihydro-2H-pyranyl, pyridinyl,
1,4-dihydropyridinyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, pyrimidinyl,
pyridazinyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine,
4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophene, imidazolyl, indolyl,
thiophenyl, furanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrazolyl, pyrrolinyl,
pyrrolindinyl, oxazolindinyl 1,3-dioxolanyl, imidazolinyl,
imidazolindinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, isoxazolyl,
isothiazolyl, 1,2,3-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl,
1,3,4-thiadiazolyl, 2H-pyranyl, 4H-pyranyl, piperidinyl,
1,4-dioxanyl, morpholinyl, 1,4-dithianyl, thiomorpholinyl,
pyrazinyl, piperazinyl, 1,3,5-triazinyl, 1,3,5-trithianyl,
benzo(b)thiophenyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolinyl, quinolinyl
and 2,6-dioxabicyclo(3.3.0)octane.
[0072] "Heterocyclic compounds" refer to mono- and polycyclic
compounds comprising at least one aryl or heterocyclic ring.
[0073] "Aryl" refers to a monocyclic, bicyclic, carbocyclic or
heterocyclic ring system comprising one or two aromatic rings.
Exemplary aryl groups include phenyl, pyridyl, napthyl, quinoyl,
tetrahydronaphthyl, furanyl, indanyl, indenyl, indoyl. Aryl groups
(including bicyclic aryl groups) can be unsubstituted or
substituted with one, two or three substituents independently
selected from alkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, amino, alkylamino,
dialkylamino, arylamino, diarylamino, alkylarylamino, halo, cyano,
alkylsulfinyl, hydroxy, carboxyl, carboxylic ester, alkylcarboxylic
acid, alkylcarboxylic ester, aryl, arylcarboxylic acid,
arylcarboxylic ester, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, amidyl, ester,
carboxamido, alkylcarboxamido, carbomyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonic
ester, sulfonamido and nitro. Exemplary substituted aryl groups
include tetrafluorophenyl, pentafluorophenyl, sulfonamide,
alkylsulfonyl and arylsulfonyl.
[0074] "Cycloalkenyl" refers to an unsaturated cyclic
C.sub.3-C.sub.10 hydrocarbon (preferably a C.sub.3-C.sub.8
hydrocarbon, more preferably a C.sub.3-C.sub.6 hydrocarbon), which
can comprise one or more carbon-carbon double bonds.
[0075] "Alkylaryl" refers to an alkyl group, as defined herein, to
which is appended an aryl group, as defined herein. Exemplary
alkylaryl groups include benzyl, phenylethyl, hydroxybenzyl,
fluorobenzyl and fluorophenylethyl.
[0076] "Arylalkyl" refers to an aryl radical, as defined herein,
attached to an alkyl radical, as defined herein. Exemplary
arylalkyl groups include benzyl, phenylethyl, 4-hydroxybenzyl,
3-fluorobenzyl and 2-fluorophenylethyl.
[0077] "Arylalkenyl" refers to an aryl radical, as defined herein,
attached to an alkenyl radical, as defined herein. Exemplary
arylalkenyl groups include styryl and propenylphenyl.
[0078] "Cycloalkylalkyl" refers to a cycloalkyl radical, as defined
herein, attached to an alkyl radical, as defined herein.
[0079] "Cycloalkylalkoxy" refers to a cycloalkyl radical, as
defined herein, attached to an alkoxy radical, as defined
herein.
[0080] "Cycloalkylalkylthio" refers to a cycloalkyl radical, as
defined herein, attached to an alkylthio radical, as defined
herein.
[0081] "Heterocyclicalkyl" refers to a heterocyclic ring radical,
as defined herein, attached to an alkyl radical, as defined
herein.
[0082] "Arylheterocyclic ring" refers to a bi- or tricyclic ring
comprised of an aryl ring, as defined herein, appended via two
adjacent carbon atoms of the aryl ring to a heterocyclic ring, as
defined herein. Exemplary arylheterocyclic rings include
dihydroindole and 1,2,3,4-tetra-hydroquinoline.
[0083] "Alkylheterocyclic ring" refers to a heterocyclic ring
radical, as defined herein, attached to an alkyl radical, as
defined herein. Exemplary alkylheterocyclic rings include
2-pyridylmethyl and 1-methylpiperidin-2-one-3-methyl.
[0084] "Alkoxy" refers to R.sub.50O--, wherein R.sub.50 is an alkyl
group, an alkenyl group or an alkynyl group as defined herein
(preferably a lower alkyl group or a haloalkyl group, as defined
herein). Exemplary alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, t-butoxy,
cyclopentyloxy, trifluoromethoxy, propenyloxy and propargyloxy.
[0085] "Aryloxy" refers to R.sub.55O--, wherein R.sub.55 is an aryl
group, as defined herein. Exemplary arylkoxy groups include
phenoxy, napthyloxy, quinolyloxy, isoquinolizinyloxy.
[0086] "Alkylthio" refers to R.sub.50S--, wherein R.sub.50 is an
alkyl group, as defined herein.
[0087] "Lower alkylthio" refers to a lower alkyl group, as defined
herein, appended to a thio group, as defined herein.
[0088] "Arylalkoxy" or "alkoxyaryl" refers to an alkoxy group, as
defined herein, to which is appended an aryl group, as defined
herein. Exemplary arylalkoxy groups include benzyloxy, phenylethoxy
and chlorophenylethoxy.
[0089] "Arylalklythio" refers to an alkylthio group, as defined
herein, to which is appended an aryl group, as defined herein.
Exemplary arylalklythio groups include benzylthio, phenylethylthio
and chlorophenylethylthio.
[0090] "Arylalkylthioalkyl" refers to an arylalkylthio group, as
defined herein, to which is appended an alkyl group, as defined
herein. Exemplary arylalklythioalkyl groups include
benzylthiomethyl, phenylethylthiomethyl and
chlorophenylethylthioethyl.
[0091] "Alkylthioalkyl" refers to an alkylthio group, as defined
herein, to which is appended an alkyl group, as defined herein.
Exemplary alkylthioalkyl groups include allylthiomethyl,
ethylthiomethyl and trifluoroethylthiomethyl.
[0092] "Alkoxyalkyl" refers to an alkoxy group, as defined herein,
appended to an alkyl group, as defined herein. Exemplary
alkoxyalkyl groups include methoxymethyl, methoxyethyl and
isopropoxymethyl.
[0093] "Alkoxyhaloalkyl" refers to an alkoxy group, as defined
herein, appended to a haloalkyl group, as defined herein. Exemplary
alkoxyhaloalkyl groups include 4-methoxy-2-chlorobutyl.
[0094] "Cycloalkoxy" refers to R.sub.54O--, wherein R.sub.54 is a
cycloalkyl group or a bridged cycloalkyl group, as defined herein.
Exemplary cycloalkoxy groups include cyclopropyloxy, cyclopentyloxy
and cyclohexyloxy.
[0095] "Cycloalkylthio" refers to R.sub.54S--, wherein R.sub.54 is
a cycloalkyl group or a bridged cycloalkyl group, as defined
herein. Exemplary cycloalkylthio groups include cyclopropylthio,
cyclopentylthio and cyclohexylthio.
[0096] "Haloalkoxy" refers to an alkoxy group, as defined herein,
in which one or more of the hydrogen atoms on the alkoxy group are
substituted with halogens, as defined herein. Exemplary haloalkoxy
groups include 1,1,1-trichloroethoxy and 2-bromobutoxy.
[0097] "Hydroxy" refers to --OH. "Oxy" refers to --O--. "Oxo"
refers to .dbd.O.
[0098] "Oxylate" refers to --O.sup.- R.sub.77.sup.+ wherein
R.sub.77 is an organic or inorganic cation.
[0099] "Oxime" refers to .dbd.N--OR.sub.81 wherein R.sub.81 is a
hydrogen, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an
arylsulfonyl group, a carboxylic ester, an alkylcarbonyl group, an
arylcarbonyl group, a carboxamido group, an alkoxyalkyl group or an
alkoxyaryl group.
[0100] "Hydrazone" refers to .dbd.N--N(R.sub.81)(R'.sub.81) wherein
R'.sub.81 is independently selected from R.sub.81, and R.sub.81 is
as defined herein.
[0101] "Hydrazino" refers to H.sub.2N--N(H)--.
[0102] "Organic cation" refers to a positively charged organic ion.
Exemplary organic cations include alkyl substituted ammonium
cations.
[0103] "Inorganic cation" refers to a positively charged metal ion.
Exemplary inorganic cations include Group I metal cations such as
for example, sodium, potassium, magnesium and calcium.
[0104] "Hydroxyalkyl" refers to a hydroxy group, as defined herein,
appended to an alkyl group, as defined herein.
[0105] "Nitrate" refers to --O--NO.sub.2 i.e. oxidized
nitrogen.
[0106] "Nitro" refers to the group --NO.sub.2 and "nitrosated"
refers to compounds that have been substituted therewith.
[0107] "Nitrile" and "cyano" refer to --CN.
[0108] "Halogen" or "halo" refers to iodine (I), bromine (Br),
chlorine (Cl), and/or fluorine (F).
[0109] "Imine" refers to --C(.dbd.N--R.sub.51)-- wherein R.sub.51
is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or an
arylheterocyclic ring, as defined herein.
[0110] "Amine" refers to any organic compound that contains at
least one basic nitrogen atom.
[0111] "Amino" refers to --NH.sub.2, an alkylamino group, a
dialkylamino group, an arylamino group, a diarylamino group, an
alkylarylamino group or a heterocyclic ring, as defined herein.
[0112] "Alkylamino" refers to R.sub.50NH--, wherein R.sub.50 is an
alkyl group, as defined herein. Exemplary alkylamino groups include
methylamino, ethylamino, butylamino, and cyclohexylamino.
[0113] "Arylamino" refers to R.sub.55NH--, wherein R.sub.55 is an
aryl group, as defined elsewhere herein.
[0114] "Dialkylamino" refers to R.sub.52R.sub.53N--, wherein
R.sub.52 and R.sub.53 are each independently an alkyl group, as
defined herein. Exemplary dialkylamino groups include
dimethylamino, diethylamino and methyl propargylamino.
[0115] "Diarylamino" refers to R.sub.55R.sub.53N--, wherein
R.sub.55 and R.sub.60 are each independently an aryl group, as
defined herein.
[0116] "Alkylarylamino" or "arylalkylamino" refers to
R.sub.52R.sub.55N--, wherein R.sub.52 is an alkyl group, as defined
herein, and R.sub.55 is an aryl group, as defined herein.
[0117] "Alkylarylalkylamino" refers to R.sub.52R.sub.79N--, wherein
R.sub.52 is an alkyl group, as defined herein, and R.sub.79 is an
arylalkyl group, as defined herein.
[0118] "Alkylcycloalkylamino" refers to R.sub.52R.sub.80N--,
wherein R.sub.52 is an alkyl group, as defined herein, and R.sub.80
is a cycloalkyl group, as defined herein.
[0119] "Aminoalkyl" refers to an amino group, an alkylamino group,
a dialkylamino group, an arylamino group, a diarylamino group, an
alkylarylamino group or a heterocyclic ring, as defined herein, to
which is appended an alkyl group, as defined herein. Exemplary
aminoalkyl groups include dimethylaminopropyl,
diphenylaminocyclopentyl and methylaminomethyl.
[0120] "Aminoaryl" refers to an aryl group to which is appended an
alkylamino group, an arylamino group or an arylalkylamino group.
Exemplary aminoaryl groups include anilino, N-methylanilino and
N-benzylanilino.
[0121] "Thiol" refers to --SH. "Thio" refers to --S--. "Sulfinyl"
refers to --S(O)--.
[0122] "Methanthial" refers to --C(S)--. "Thial" refers to .dbd.S.
"Sulfonyl" refers to --S(O).sub.2.sup.-.
[0123] "Sulfonic acid" refers to --S(O).sub.2OR.sub.76, wherein
R.sub.76 is a hydrogen, an organic cation or an inorganic cation,
as defined herein.
[0124] "Alkylsulfonic acid" refers to a sulfonic acid group, as
defined herein, appended to an alkyl group, as defined herein.
[0125] "Arylsulfonic acid" refers to a sulfonic acid group, as
defined herein, appended to an aryl group, as defined herein.
[0126] "Sulfonic ester" refers to --S(O).sub.2OR.sub.58, wherein
R.sub.58 is an alkyl group, an aryl group, or an aryl heterocyclic
ring, as defined herein.
[0127] "Sulfonamido" refers to --S(O).sub.2--N(R.sub.51)(R.sub.57),
wherein R.sub.51 and R.sub.57 are each independently a hydrogen
atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or an arylheterocyclic ring, as
defined herein, or R.sub.51 and R.sub.57 when taken together are a
heterocyclic ring, a cycloalkyl group or a bridged cycloalkyl
group, as defined herein.
[0128] "Alkylsulfonamido" refers to a sulfonamido group, as defined
herein, appended to an alkyl group, as defined herein.
[0129] "Arylsulfonamido" refers to a sulfonamido group, as defined
herein, appended to an aryl group, as defined herein.
[0130] "Alkylthio" refers to R.sub.50S--, wherein R.sub.50 is an
alkyl group, as defined herein (preferably a lower alkyl group, as
defined herein).
[0131] "Arylthio" refers to R.sub.55S--, wherein R.sub.55 is an
aryl group, as defined herein.
[0132] "Arylalkylthio" refers to an aryl group, as defined herein,
appended to an alkylthio group, as defined herein.
[0133] "Alkylsulfinyl" refers to R.sub.50--S(O)--, wherein R.sub.50
is an alkyl group, as defined herein.
[0134] "Alkylsulfonyl" refers to R.sub.50--S(O).sub.2--, wherein
R.sub.50 is an alkyl group, as defined herein.
[0135] "Alkylsulfonyloxy" refers to R.sub.50--S(O).sub.2--O--,
wherein R.sub.50 is an alkyl group, as defined herein.
[0136] "Arylsulfinyl" refers to R.sub.55--S(O)--, wherein R.sub.55
is an aryl group, as defined herein.
[0137] "Arylsulfonyl" refers to R.sub.55--S(O).sub.2--, wherein
R.sub.55 is an aryl group, as defined herein.
[0138] "Arylsulfonyloxy" refers to R.sub.55--S(O).sub.2--O--,
wherein R.sub.55 is an aryl group, as defined herein.
[0139] "Amidyl" refers to R.sub.51C(O)N(R.sub.57)-- wherein
R.sub.51 and R.sub.57 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an
alkyl group, an aryl group or an arylheterocyclic ring, as defined
herein.
[0140] "Ester" refers to R.sub.51C(O)R.sub.82-- wherein R.sub.51 is
a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or an
arylheterocyclic ring, as defined herein and R.sub.82 is oxygen or
sulfur.
[0141] "Carbamoyl" refers to --O--C(O)N(R.sub.51)(R.sub.57),
wherein R.sub.51 and R.sub.57 are each independently a hydrogen
atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or an arylheterocyclic ring, as
defined herein, or R.sub.51 and R.sub.57 taken together are a
heterocyclic ring, a cycloalkyl group or a bridged cycloalkyl
group, as defined herein.
[0142] "Carboxyl" refers to --C(O)OR.sub.76, wherein R.sub.76 is a
hydrogen, an organic cation or an inorganic cation, as defined
herein. "Carbonyl" refers to --C(O)--.
[0143] "Alkylcarbonyl" refers to R.sub.52--C(O)--, wherein R.sub.52
is an alkyl group, as defined herein.
[0144] "Arylcarbonyl" refers to R.sub.55--C(O)--, wherein R.sub.55
is an aryl group, as defined herein.
[0145] "Arylalkylcarbonyl" refers to R.sub.55--R.sub.52--C(O)--,
wherein R.sub.55 is an aryl group, as defined herein, and R.sub.52
is an alkyl group, as defined herein.
[0146] "Alkylarylcarbonyl" refers to R.sub.52--R.sub.55--C(O)--,
wherein R.sub.55 is an aryl group, as defined herein, and R.sub.52
is an alkyl group, as defined herein.
[0147] "Heterocyclicalkylcarbonyl" refer to R.sub.78C(O)-- wherein
R.sub.78 is a heterocyclicalkyl group, as defined herein.
[0148] "Carboxylic ester" refers to --C(O)OR.sub.58, wherein
R.sub.58 is an alkyl group, an aryl group or an aryl heterocyclic
ring, as defined herein.
[0149] "Alkylcarboxylic acid" and "alkylcarboxyl" refer to an alkyl
group, as defined herein, appended to a carboxyl group, as defined
herein.
[0150] "Alkylcarboxylic ester" refers to an alkyl group, as defined
herein, appended to a carboxylic ester group, as defined
herein.
[0151] "Alkyl ester" refers to an alkyl group, as defined herein,
appended to an ester group, as defined herein.
[0152] "Arylcarboxylic acid" refers to an aryl group, as defined
herein, appended to a carboxyl group, as defined herein.
[0153] "Arylcarboxylic ester" and "arylcarboxyl" refer to an aryl
group, as defined herein, appended to a carboxylic ester group, as
defined herein.
[0154] "Aryl ester" refers to an aryl group, as defined herein,
appended to an ester group, as defined herein.
[0155] "Carboxamido" refers to --C(O)N(R.sub.51)(R.sub.57), wherein
R.sub.51 and R.sub.57 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an
alkyl group, an aryl group or an arylheterocyclic ring, as defined
herein, or R.sub.51 and R.sub.57 when taken together are a
heterocyclic ring, a cycloalkyl group or a bridged cycloalkyl
group, as defined herein.
[0156] "Alkylcarboxamido" refers to an alkyl group, as defined
herein, appended to a carboxamido group, as defined herein.
[0157] "Arylcarboxamido" refers to an aryl group, as defined
herein, appended to a carboxamido group, as defined herein.
[0158] "Urea" refers to --N(R.sub.59)--C(O)N(R.sub.51)(R.sub.57)
wherein R.sub.51, R.sub.57, and R.sub.59 are each independently a
hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or an arylheterocyclic
ring, as defined herein, or R.sub.51 and R.sub.57 taken together
are a heterocyclic ring, a cycloalkyl group or a bridged cycloalkyl
group, as defined herein.
[0159] "Phosphoryl" refers to --P(R.sub.70)(R.sub.71)(R.sub.72),
wherein R.sub.70 is a lone pair of electrons, thial or oxo, and
R.sub.71 and R.sub.72 are each independently a covalent bond, a
hydrogen, a lower alkyl, an alkoxy, an alkylamino, a hydroxy, an
oxy or an aryl, as defined herein.
[0160] "Phosphoric acid" refers to --P(O)(OR.sub.51)OH wherein
R.sub.51 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or an
arylheterocyclic ring, as defined herein. "Phosphinic acid" refers
to --P(O)(R.sub.51)OH wherein R.sub.51 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl
group, an aryl group or an arylheterocyclic ring, as defined
herein.
[0161] "Silyl" refers to --Si(R.sub.73)(R.sub.74)(R.sub.75),
wherein R.sub.73, R.sub.74 and R.sub.75 are each independently a
covalent bond, a lower alkyl, an alkoxy, an aryl or an arylalkoxy,
as defined herein.
[0162] "Organic acid" refers to compound having at least one carbon
atom and one or more functional groups capable of releasing a
proton to a basic group. The organic acid preferably contains a
carboxyl, a sulfonic acid or a phosphoric acid moeity. Exemplary
organic acids include acetic acid, benzoic acid, citric acid,
camphorsulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, taurocholic acid,
chlordronic acid, glyphosphate and medronic acid.
[0163] "Inorganic acid" refers to a compound that does not contain
at least one carbon atom and is capable of releasing a proton to a
basic group. Exemplary inorganic acids include hydrochloric acid,
sulfuric acid, nitric acid and phosphoric acid.
[0164] "Organic base" refers to a carbon containing compound having
one or more functional groups capable of accepting a proton from an
acid group. The organic base preferably contains an amine group.
Exemplary organic bases include triethylamine, benzyldiethylamine,
dimethylethyl amine, imidazole, pyridine and pipyridine.
[0165] "Independently selected" groups are groups present in the
same structure that need not all represent the same substitution.
For example, where two substituents are represented as NOR.sub.A
and each R.sub.A is said to be independently selected from H,
methyl, ethyl, etc., this means that where one R.sub.A is methyl,
the other R.sub.A may be methyl but could be H or ethyl (or any
other recited substitution).
[0166] Some of the compounds for use in the methods of the present
invention may contain one or more chiral centers and therefore may
exist in enantiomeric and diastereomeric forms. The scope of the
present invention is intended to cover use of all isomers per se,
as well as mixtures of cis and trans isomers, mixtures of
diastereomers and racemic mixtures of enantiomers (optical isomers)
as well. Further, it is possible using well known techniques to
separate the various forms, and some embodiments of the invention
may feature purified or enriched species of a given enantiomer or
diastereomer.
[0167] A "pharmacological composition" refers to a mixture of one
or more of the compounds described herein, or pharmaceutically
acceptable salts thereof, with other chemical components, such as
pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and/or excipients. The purpose
of a pharmacological composition is to facilitate administration of
a compound to an organism.
[0168] The phrase "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" as used
herein means a pharmaceutically-acceptable material, composition or
vehicle, such as a liquid or solid filler, diluent, excipient,
solvent or encapsulating material, involved in carrying or
transporting the subject agent from one organ, or portion of the
body, to another organ, or portion of the body. Each carrier must
be "acceptable" in the sense of being compatible with the other
ingredients of the formulation and not injurious to the patient.
Some examples of materials which can serve as
pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers include sugars, such as
lactose, glucose and sucrose; starches, such as corn starch and
potato starch; cellulose, and its derivatives, such as sodium
carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose and cellulose acetate;
powdered tragacanth; malt; gelatin; talc; excipients, such as cocoa
butter and suppository waxes; oils, such as peanut oil, cottonseed
oil, safflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil and soybean
oil; glycols, such as propylene glycol; polyols, such as glycerin,
sorbitol, mannitol and polyethylene glycol; esters, such as ethyl
oleate and ethyl laurate; agar; buffering agents, such as magnesium
hydroxide and aluminum hydroxide; alginic acid; pyrogen-free water;
isotonic saline; Ringer's solution; ethyl alcohol; phosphate buffer
solutions; and other non-toxic compatible substances employed in
pharmaceutical formulations. A physiologically acceptable carrier
should not cause significant irritation to an organism and does not
abrogate the biological activity and properties of the administered
compound.
[0169] A "solvate" is a complex formed by the combination of a
solute (e.g., a metalloprotease inhibitor) and a solvent (e.g.,
water). See J. Honig et al., The Van Nostrand Chemist's Dictionary,
p. 650 (1953).
[0170] The terms "optical isomer", "geometric isomer" (e.g., a cis
and/or trans isomer), "stereoisomer", and "diastereomer" have the
accepted meanings (see, e.g., Hawley's Condensed Chemical
Dictionary, 11th Ed.). The illustration of specific protected forms
and other derivatives of the compounds of the instant invention is
not intended to be limiting. The application of other useful
protecting groups, salt forms, prodrugs etc., is within the ability
of the skilled artisan.
[0171] A "prodrug" is a form of a drug that must undergo chemical
conversion by metabolic processes before becoming an active, or
fully active, pharmacological agent. A prodrug is not active, or is
less active, in its ingested or absorbed or otherwise administered
form. For example, a prodrug may be broken down by bacteria in the
digestive system into products, at least one of which will become
active as a drug. Alternatively, it may be administered
systemically, such as by intravenous injection, and subsequently be
metabolized into one or more active molecules.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
[0172] In accordance with the present invention, it has been found
that certain small molecule ligands are capable of reversibly
binding non-covalently to the opsin protein and inhibiting the
binding of 11-cis-retinal, to an opsin retinal binding pocket. Such
interference with retinal binding reduces the formation of visual
cycle products, such as all-trans-retinal, and thereby inhibits the
production of compounds such as lipofuscin and A2E with resulting
reduced risk and occurrence of toxicity that can result from
accumulation of these substances. Such compounds, acting as
pharmacologic chaperones, are also able to facilitate the proper
folding and trafficking of mutant opsins associated with RP.
Additionally, by inhibiting 11-cis-retinal binding and rhodopsin
formation, the excessive stimulation and resulting activation of
rhodopsin caused by exposure of the retina to bright light
especially during retinal surgery reduces photocell death.
[0173] Certain synthetic retinoids (compounds structurally related
to retinol (Vitamin A alcohol)) have been reported to bind to
opsin. In the embodiments of the present invention, non-retinoid
small molecules (compounds having a molecular weight less than
about 1000 daltons, less than 800, less than 600, less than 500,
less than 400, or less than about 300 daltons) have been found to
bind to opsin.
[0174] The invention features compositions and methods that are
useful for reducing formation of visual cycle products and toxicity
associated with the accumulation of such products in vivo, reducing
the probability of apoptotic events associated with excessive
rhodopsin activation as well as preventing rod cell death due to
aberrant processing and trafficking of mutant opsin proteins
associated with RP.
[0175] Mislocalization of photoreceptor cell visual pigment
proteins (opsins) can occur in various ocular diseases, and also
with normal aging. In such cases the accumulation of mislocalized
opsin leads to the decline in viability of photoreceptor cells.
With time this mislocalized opsin accumulation leads to rod and
cone cell death, retinal degeneration, and loss of vision.
[0176] In one aspect, the invention provides a method of correcting
mislocalized opsin within a photoreceptor cell, comprising
contacting a mislocalized opsin protein with an opsin-binding agent
that binds reversibly and/or non-covalently to said mislocalized
opsin protein, thereby promoting correct intracellular processing
and transport of said opsin protein. Such opsin-binding agent is
referred to as a "Productive Chaperone."
[0177] Such correction of mislocalization reduces photoreceptor
cell stress, preventing photoreceptor cell decline in viability and
death in various diseases of vision loss, and in normal age-related
decline in dim-light and peripheral rod-mediated vision, central
cone-mediated vision, and loss of night vision.
[0178] In another aspect of the invention, the opsin-binding agent
promotes the degradation of the mislocalized opsin protein. This
type of opsin-binding agent is referred to as a
"Counterproductive", Shipwreck", or "Destructive Chaperone."
[0179] Enhancing the degradation of the mislocalized opsin by such
an agent reduces the amount of mislocalized protein, thereby
relieving photoreceptor cell stress, preventing decline in
viability and death of photoreceptor cells in diseases of vision
loss, as well as in normal age-related decline in dim-light and
peripheral rod-mediated vision, central cone-mediated vision, and
loss of night vision.
[0180] In embodiments of the foregoing, the ocular protein
mislocalization disorder is one or more of wet or dry form of
macular degeneration, retinitis pigmentosa, a retinal or macular
dystrophy, Stargardt's disease, Sorsby's dystrophy, autosomal
dominant drusen, Best's dystrophy, peripherin mutation associate
with macular dystrophy, dominant form of Stargart's disease, North
Carolina macular dystrophy, light toxicity, retinitis pigmentosa,
normal vision loss related aging and normal loss of night vision
related to aging.
[0181] Opsin, the GPCR (G-protein coupled receptor) responsible for
vision, readily regenerates with 11-cis-retinal to form the visual
pigment rhodopsin. The pigment is generated by formation of a
protonated Schiff base between the aldehyde group of 11-cis-retinal
and the .epsilon.-amino group of L-lysine in opsin (Matsumoto and
Yoshizawa, Nature 1975 Dec. 11; 258(5535):523-6).
[0182] Thus, the present invention provides compositions and
methods of use of small molecule compounds that bind to wild type
and mutant opsins and compete with, or other wise prevent,
11-cis-retinal from combining with opsin to form rhodopsin and
thereby inhibit formation of 11-cis-retinal and other visual cycle
products.
[0183] In one embodiment, the invention provides opsin binding
ligands of Formula I and pharmaceutically acceptable salts
thereof:
##STR00002##
[0184] wherein X is:
[0185] 1) C(R.sub.i)(R.sub.j), or [0186] 2) oxygen;
[0187] T is: [0188] 1) CH.sub.2, [0189] 2) CH.sub.2CH.sub.2, or
[0190] 3) absent;
[0191] R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are independently: [0192] 1) --CH.sub.3,
or [0193] 2) --CH.sub.2CH.sub.3;
[0194] R.sup.3 is: [0195] 1) hydrogen, [0196] 2) --CH.sub.3, or
[0197] 3) --CH.sub.2CH.sub.3;
[0198] R.sup.4 is: [0199] 1) hydrogen, or [0200] 2) --CH.sub.3;
[0201] R.sub.a, and R.sub.b, are each independently: [0202] 1)
hydrogen, [0203] 2) --CH.sub.3, or [0204] 3)
--CH.sub.2CH.sub.3;
[0205] R.sub.i and R.sub.j are each independently: [0206] 1)
hydrogen, [0207] 2) deuteron, [0208] 3) hydroxyl, [0209] 4) fluoro,
[0210] 5) alkoxy, [0211] 6) lower alkyl, or [0212] 7) lower
haloalkyl;
[0213] R.sub.i and R.sub.j can be taken together as oxo
(.dbd.O)
[0214] B is:
##STR00003## [0215] 6) cycloalkyl, [0216] 7) lower alkyl, or [0217]
8) lower haloalkyl;
[0218] R.sub.e, R.sub.f R.sub.g, R.sub.h and R.sub.k are each
independently: [0219] 1) hydrogen, [0220] 2) lower alkyl, [0221] 3)
lower haloalkyl, [0222] 4) halogen, [0223] 5) nitro, [0224] 6)
hydroxy, [0225] 7) alkoxy, [0226] 8) nitrile, [0227] 9)
carboxamido, [0228] 10) arylcarbonyl, [0229] 11) carbamoyl, [0230]
12) amidyl, [0231] 13) amino, [0232] 14) alkylcarbonyl, [0233] 15)
urea, or [0234] 16) --C(NOH)NH.sub.2;
[0235] R.sub.l, R.sub.m and R.sub.n are: [0236] 1) --CR.sub.e, or
[0237] 2) nitrogen;
[0238] but wherein at least one of R.sub.l, R.sub.m and R.sub.n is
nitrogen,
[0239] Z is: [0240] 1) oxygen, or [0241] 2) sulfur;
[0242] including pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates and
hydrates thereof in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
[0243] In preferred embodiments, the compound has the structure of
Formula I wherein X is CR.sub.iR.sub.j and R.sub.i and R.sub.j
taken together are oxo or R.sub.i is hydroxy and R.sub.j is
hydrogen or methyl and wherein R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are each
independently methyl or ethyl, more preferably wherein both of
R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 is methyl, and R.sup.3 is hydrogen or methyl,
most preferably wherein R.sup.3 methyl.
[0244] In preferred examples of the invention, the compound has the
structure of Formula I wherein R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are both methyl
and R.sup.3 is methyl or hydrogen more preferably methyl. In other
specific embodiments, T is CH.sub.2 and R.sub.a and R.sub.b are
independently hydrogen, or methyl, preferably hydrogen.
[0245] In specific embodiments the opsin binding compound of
Formula I is (wherein each compound number corresponds to the
number of the example where it was prepared): [0246]
(S)-Phenyl((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanol (Compound 1);
[0247] Phenyl((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanone (Compound
2); [0248] (R)-Phenyl((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanol
(Compound 3); [0249]
(S)-p-Tolyl((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanol (Compound
4); [0250] p-Tolyl((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanone
(Compound 5); [0251]
(S)-(3-Chloro-4-methylphenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanol
(Compound 6); [0252]
(3-Chloro-4-methylphenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanone
(Compound 7); [0253]
(R)-(3-Chloro-4-methylphenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanol
(Compound 8); [0254]
(S)-(3-Chlorophenyl)(1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanol
(Compound 9); [0255] (3-Chlorophenyl)((1R,6
S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanone (Compound 10); [0256]
(R)-(3-Chlorophenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl) methanol
(Compound 11); [0257]
(S)-(4-Fluorophenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl) methanol
(Compound 12); [0258]
(4-Fluorophenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanone
(Compound 13); [0259]
(R)-(4-Fluorophenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl) methanol
(Compound 14); [0260]
(S)-(4-(Trifluoromethyl)phenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methano-
l (Compound 15); [0261]
(4-(Trifluoromethyl)phenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanone
(Compound 16); [0262]
(R)-(4-(Trifluoromethyl)phenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methano-
l (Compound 17); [0263]
1-Fluoro-4-(((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methyl)benzene
(Compound 18); [0264]
(S)-(3,4-Difluorophenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanol
(Compound 19); [0265]
(3,4-Difluorophenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanone
(Compound 20); [0266]
(S)-Furan-2-yl((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanol (Compound
21); Furan-2-yl((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanone
(Compound 22); [0267]
(R)-Furan-2-yl((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanol (Compound
23); (S)-Thiophen-3-yl((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanol
(Compound 24); [0268]
Thiophen-3-yl((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanone (Compound
25); [0269]
(R)-Thiophen-3-yl((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanol
(Compound 26); [0270]
2-Chloro-1-methyl-4-(((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methyl)benzene
(Compound 27); [0271]
(S)-(4-(Trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methan-
ol (Compound 28); [0272]
(4-(Trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanone
(Compound 29); [0273]
(R)-(4-(Trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methan-
ol (Compound 30); [0274]
(S)-(3,4,5-Trifluorophenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanol
(Compound 31); [0275]
(3,4,5-Trifluorophenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanone
(Compound 32); [0276]
(R)-(3,4,5-Trifluorophenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanol
(Compound 33); [0277]
(R)-Cyclohexyl((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanol (Compound
34); cyclohexyl((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanone
(Compound 35); [0278]
(R)-(3,4-Difluorophenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)
methanol (Compound 35); [0279]
(R)-(3,4-Difluorophenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)
methanol (Compound 36); [0280]
(S)-Furan-3-yl((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanol (Compound
37); Furan-3-yl((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanone
(Compound 38); [0281]
(R)-Furan-3-yl((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanol (Compound
39); [0282]
(S)-(Perfluorophenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl) methanol
(Compound 40); [0283]
(Perfluorophenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl) methanone
(Compound 41); [0284]
4-((S)-hydroxy((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methyl)benzonitrile
(Compound 42); [0285]
2-fluoro-4-((S)-hydroxy((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methyl)benzonit-
rile (Compound 43); [0286]
4-((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexanecarbonyl)benzonitrile
(Compound 44); [0287]
2-fluoro-4-((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexanecarbonyl)benzonitril-
e (Compound 45); [0288]
(S)-((R)-2,2-dimethylcyclohexyl)(4-fluorophenyl)methanol (Compound
46); [0289] (2,2-dimethylcyclohexyl)(4-fluorophenyl)methanone
(Compound 47); [0290]
(R)-((R)-2,2-dimethylcyclohexyl)(4-fluorophenyl)methanol (Compound
48); [0291]
(S)-(4-methoxy-3-methylphenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanol
(Compound 49); [0292]
(4-methoxy-3-methylphenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)
methanone (Compound 50); [0293]
4-((S)-hydroxy((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methyl)-2-methylbenzonit-
rile (Compound 51); [0294]
2-methyl-4-((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexanecarbonyl)benzonitrile
(Compound 52); [0295]
4-((R)-hydroxy((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methyl)benzonitrile
(Compound 53); [0296]
2-fluoro-4-((S)-hydroxy((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methyl)benzonit-
rile (Compound 54); [0297]
(S)-(3-fluoro-4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohex-
yl) methanol (Compound 55); [0298]
(3-fluoro-4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)
methanone (Compound 56); [0299]
(R)-(3-fluoro-4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohex-
yl) methanol (Compound 57); [0300]
4-((R)-hydroxy((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methyl)-2-methylbenzonit-
rile (Compound 58); [0301]
(R)-(4-fluorophenyl)((1R,6S)-1,2,2,6-tetramethylcyclohexyl)methanol
(Compound 59); [0302]
4-((S)-hydroxy((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methyl)-2-(trifluorometh-
yl) benzonitrile (Compound 60); [0303]
2-(trifluoromethyl)-4-((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexanecarbonyl)benzoni-
trile (Compound 61); [0304] (4-fluorophenyl)((1R,6S)-1,2,2,6-tetra
methylcyclohexyl)methanone (Compound 62); [0305]
2-fluoro-N-hydroxy-4-((R)-hydroxy((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methy-
l) benzimidamide (Compound 63); [0306]
(S)-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)
methanol (Compound 64); [0307]
(S)-(3,4-dimethylphenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)
methanol (Compound 65); [0308]
(S)-(4-chloro-3-fluorophenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanol
(Compound 66); [0309]
4-((R)-hydroxy((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methyl)-2-(trifluorometh-
yl) benzonitrile (Compound 67); [0310]
(3,4-dichlorophenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl) methanone
(Compound 68); [0311]
(3,4-dimethylphenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl) methanone
(Compound 69); [0312]
(4-chloro-3-fluorophenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)
methanone (Compound 70); [0313]
(R)-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)
methanol (Compound 71); [0314]
2-fluoro-5-((S)-hydroxy((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methyl)benzonit-
rile (Compound 72); [0315]
(S)-(3-fluoro-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexy-
l) methanol (Compound 73); [0316]
(3-fluoro-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)me-
thanone (Compound 74); [0317]
(R)-(3-fluoro-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexy-
l) methanol (Compound 75); [0318]
3-((S)-hydroxy((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methyl)benzonitrile
(Compound 76); [0319]
2-chloro-4-((S)-hydroxy((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methyl)benzonit-
rile (Compound 77); [0320]
3-((R)-hydroxy((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methyl)benzonitrile
(Compound 78); [0321]
2-fluoro-5-((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexanecarbonyl)benzonitrile
(Compound 79); [0322]
(R)-(3,4-dimethylphenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)
methanol (Compound 80); [0323]
2-chloro-4-((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexanecarbonyl)benzonitrile
(Compound 81); [0324]
2-chloro-4-((R)-hydroxy((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methyl)benzonit-
rile (Compound 82); [0325]
(R)-(4-chloro-3-fluorophenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanol
(Compound 83); [0326]
(R)-2-(3-fluorophenyl)-1-((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)ethanol
(Compound 84); [0327]
(R)-1-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-1-((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)et-
hanol (Compound 85); [0328]
2-fluoro-5-((R)-hydroxy((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methyl)benzonit-
rile (Compound 86) including all pharmaceutically acceptable salts,
hydrates, or solvates thereof.
[0329] All compound names were derived using ChemBioDraw 11.0.1.
and the stereochemistry of new chiral centers of products resulting
from the addition to chiral aldehydes or ketones was assigned based
upon Crams Rule of asymmetric induction (Cram and Elhafez, J. Am.
Chem. Soc., 74:5828-5835 (1952)).
[0330] The present invention does not include the following
compounds (as represented by their indicated CAS registry numbers)
as novel compositions of matter (but are claimed for use in the
methods of the invention) and are referred to herein as the
Excluded Compound Group: 732298-38-3, 732298-35-0, 732298-29-2,
603959-87-1, 476689-64-2, 409332-51-0, 409332-50-9, 379693-57-9,
379688-87-6, 379688-80-9, 218957-96-1, 172462-26-9, 172462-25-8,
172462-24-7, 172462-23-6, 172462-15-6, 172462-09-8, 172462-08-7,
172462-07-6, 172462-06-5, 172462-05-4, 172461-99-3, 99992-18-4,
83179-35-5, 76038-07-8, 3127-83-0, 68303-75-3, 68223-71-2,
68223-70-1, 68198-05-0, 68198-04-9, 68198-03-8, 68198-02-7,
61898-30-4, 57935-16-7, 52842-34-9, 52842-33-8, 52612-52-9,
52612-42-7, 26383-28-8, 25915-54-2, 17983-26-5, 3212-56-4,
1181557-84-5, 1181557-80-1, 1181557-79-8, 923593-86-6, 906428-86-2,
861617-39-2, 861588-12-7, 861587-79-3, 861340-01-4, 861316-82-7,
681467-29-8, 681466-94-4, 412021-03-5, 314271-72-2, 121666-35-1,
120292-85-5, 120292-84-4, 120292-83-3, 120173-55-9, 120173-54-8,
120173-46-8, 120173-45-7, 120173-34-4, 120173-33-3, 120173-32-2,
81907-72-4, 74458-72-3, 74458-69-8, 73855-22-8, 59642-07-8,
17983-22-1, 16178-75-9 and 3664-75-3.
[0331] The Excluded Compound Group contains any and all of the
compounds in the preceding list and are identified herein solely by
their CAS (Chemical Abstracts Service) numbers.
[0332] Thus, the methods of the invention employ any compounds of
Formula I along with their indicated substitutent identities and do
not exclude use of compounds of the Excluded Compound Group.
[0333] However, novel compounds or compositions of matter of the
invention are compounds of Formula I along with their indicated
substitutent identities other than compounds of the Excluded
Compound Group.
[0334] Especially preferred examples of the compounds of the
invention, and methods using said compounds, include compounds
selected from one or more of the group consisting of compounds 2,
5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 13, 16, 19, 20, 24, 25, 29, 31, 32, 33, 36,
37, 38, 42, 43, 44, 45, 49, 52, 54, 62, 68, 69, 70, 74 and 75
including all pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates and
hydrates thereof.
[0335] Another embodiment of the invention provides the opsin
binding ligand metabolites of the opsin binding compounds. These
metabolites, include but are not limited to, degradation products,
hydrolysis products, gluconoride adducts and the like, of the opsin
binding compounds and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, of
the opsin compounds.
[0336] Another embodiment of the invention provides processes for
making the novel compounds of the invention and to the
intermediates useful in such processes. The reactions are performed
in solvents appropriate to the reagents and materials used are
suitable for the transformations being effected. It is understood
by one skilled in the art of organic synthesis that the
functionality present in the molecule must be consistent with the
chemical transformation proposed. This will, on occasion,
necessitate judgment by the routineer as to the order of synthetic
steps, protecting groups required, and deprotection conditions.
Substituents on the starting materials may be incompatible with
some of the reaction conditions required in some of the methods
described, but alternative methods and substituents compatible with
the reaction conditions will be readily apparent to one skilled in
the art. The use of sulfur, nitrogen and oxygen protecting groups
is well known for protecting thiol, amino and alcohol groups
against undesirable reactions during a synthetic procedure and many
such protecting groups are known and described by, for example,
Greene and Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, Third
Edition, John Wiley & Sons, New York (1999).
[0337] Compounds of the invention that have one or more asymmetric
carbon atoms may exist as the optically pure enantiomers, pure
diastereomers, mixtures of enantiomers, mixtures of diastereomers,
racemic mixtures of enantiomers, diasteromeric racemates or
mixtures of diastereomeric racemates. It is to be understood that
the invention anticipates and includes within its scope all such
isomers and mixtures thereof.
[0338] The chemical reactions described herein are generally
disclosed in terms of their broadest application to the preparation
of the compounds of this invention. Occasionally, the reactions may
not be applicable as described to each compound included within the
disclosed scope. The compounds for which this occurs will be
readily recognized by one skilled in the art. In all such cases,
either the reactions can be successfully performed by conventional
modifications known to one skilled in the art, e.g., by appropriate
protection of interfering groups, by changing to alternative
conventional reagents, by routine modification of reaction
conditions, or other reactions disclosed herein or otherwise
conventional, will be applicable to the preparation of the
corresponding compounds of this invention. In all preparative
methods, all starting materials are known or readily prepared from
known starting materials.
METHODS OF THE INVENTION
[0339] The present invention provides a method of using compounds
of the Formula I for reducing the formation of toxic visual cycle
products, comprising contacting an opsin protein with small
molecule ligands that reversibly bind to said opsin protein to
inhibit 11-cis-retinal binding in said binding pocket, thereby
reducing formation of toxic visual cycle products associated with
wet or dry ARMD. and reducing photocell apoptosis associated with
excessive rhodopsin activation as a result of bright light
stimulation.
[0340] The present invention also provides a method of use of
compounds of the Formula I for treating, preventing or reducing the
risk of light toxicity in a mammal, comprising administering to a
mammal, at risk of developing an ophthalmic condition that is
related to the formation or accumulation of a visual cycle product
or apoptotic photocell death.
[0341] The present invention also provides a method of use of
compounds of the Formula I for treating, preventing or reducing the
risk of light toxicity in a mammal, comprising administering to a
mammal, at risk of developing an ophthalmic condition that is
related to the formation or accumulation of a visual cycle product
or apoptotic photocell death, an effective amount of a that small
molecule ligand that reversibly binds (for example, at or near the
retinal binding pocket) to an opsin protein present in the eye of
said mammal, for example, to inhibit 11-cis-retinal binding in said
binding pocket, thereby reducing light toxicity and photocell
apoptosis.
[0342] The present invention also provides a method of use of
compounds of the Formula I for treating, preventing or reducing the
risk of RP in a mammal, comprising administering to a mammal, at
risk of RP related to the improper folding and trafficking of
mutant opsins, an effective amount of a that small molecule ligand
that reversibly binds (for example, at or near the retinal binding
pocket) to an opsin protein present in the eye of said mammal, for
example, to inhibit 11-cis-retinal binding in said binding pocket,
thereby reducing the vision loss caused by RP.
[0343] In specific examples of such methods, the small molecule
ligand is selective for binding to opsin and/or the small molecule
ligand binds to said opsin in the retinal binding pocket of said
opsin protein and/or the small molecule ligand binds to said opsin
protein so as to inhibit covalent binding of 11-cis-retinal to said
opsin protein when said 11-cis-retinal is contacted with said opsin
protein when said small molecule ligand is present and/or the
mammal is a human being.
[0344] In one embodiment, light toxicity is related to an
ophthalmic procedure, for example, ophthalmic surgery. Said agent
may be administered prior to, during or after said surgery (or at
any one or more of those times).
[0345] In specific embodiments of the methods of the invention, the
native opsin protein is present in a cell, such as a rod cell,
preferably, a mammalian and more preferably a human cell. In
specific embodiments, the small molecule ligands of the invention
inhibit binding of 11-cis-retinal in the binding pocket of opsin
and slow the visual cycle thereby reducing the formation of
all-trans-retinal, or a toxic visual cycle product formed from it,
such as lipofuscin or N-retinylidene-N-retinylethanolamine (A2E).
Alternatively, photocell apoptosis as a result of excessive
rhodopsin activation is reduced or prevented by inhibition of
rhodopsin formation. Additionally, improper folding and trafficking
of mutant opsin proteins associated with RP is reduced.
[0346] In methods of the invention, administering is preferably by
topical administration (such as with an eye wash) or by systemic
administration (including oral, intraocular injection or periocular
injection). By way of preferred example, the ophthalmic condition
to be treated is light toxicity, such as that resulting from ocular
surgery, for example, retinal or cataract surgery.
[0347] Also encompassed is an ophthalmologic composition comprising
an effective amount of compounds of the Formula I in a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, wherein said agent reversibly
binds non-covalently (for example, at or near the retinal binding
pocket) to said opsin protein to inhibit 11-cis-retinal binding in
said pocket, preferably where the small molecule ligand is
selective for opsin protein.
[0348] The present invention further provides a screening method
for identifying a small molecule ligand that reduces light toxicity
in a mammalian eye, comprising:
[0349] (a) contacting a native opsin-protein with a test compound
in the presence of 11-cis-retinal and under conditions that promote
the binding of the test compound and the 11-cis-retinal to the
native opsin protein; and
[0350] (b) determining a reversible reduction in rate of formation
of rhodopsin relative to the rate when said test compound is not
present,
[0351] thereby identifying said test compound as a small molecule
ligand that reduces light toxicity in a mammalian eye. In a
preferred embodiment, said test compound is structurally related to
a compound disclosed herein.
[0352] The compounds of the Formula I may be administered along
with other agents, including a mineral supplement, an
anti-inflammatory agent, such as a steroid, for example, a
corticosteroid, and/or an anti-oxidant. Among the corticosteroids
useful for such administration are those selected from the group
consisting of cortisone, hydrocortisone, prednisone, prednisolone,
methylprednisolone, triamcinolone, betamethasone, beclamethasone
and dexamethasone. Useful anti-oxidants include vitamins A, C and
E.
[0353] The methods of the invention also contemplate reducing light
toxicity by using at least one additional agent (in addition to the
compounds of the Formula I selected from the group consisting of a
proteasomal inhibitor, an autophagy inhibitor, a lysosomal
inhibitor, an inhibitor of protein transport from the ER to the
Golgi, an Hsp90 chaperone inhibitor, a heat shock response
activator, a glycosidase inhibitor, and a histone deacetylase
inhibitor, wherein the small molecule opsin binding and the
additional compound are administered simultaneously or within
fourteen days of each other in amounts sufficient to treat the
subject.
[0354] In a particular example of the methods of the invention, the
compounds of the Formula I and the additional compound are
administered within ten days of each other, within five days of
each other, within twenty-four hours of each other and preferably
are administered simultaneously. In one example, the small molecule
opsin binding and the additional compound are administered directly
to the eye. Such administration may be intraocular or intravitrial.
In other examples, the small molecule opsin binding and the
additional compound are each incorporated into a composition that
provides for their long-term release, such as where the composition
is part of a microsphere, nanosphere, nano emulsion or implant.
[0355] As described herein, the compounds of the Formula I are
useful in the methods of the invention are available for use alone
or in combination with one or more additional compounds to treat or
prevent conditions associated with excessive rhodopsin activation,
such as light toxicity, for example, resulting from ocular surgical
procedures. In one embodiment, compounds of the Formula I of the
invention is administered without an additional active compound. In
another embodiment, compounds of the Formula I of the invention is
used in combination and with another active compound (e.g., as
discussed herein). In still another exemplary embodiment, compounds
of the Formula I are administered in combination with the
proteasomal inhibitor MG132, the autophagy inhibitor
3-methyladenine, a lysosomal inhibitor ammonium chloride, the
ER-Golgi transport inhibitor brefeldin A, the Hsp90 chaperone
inhibitor Geldamycin, the heat shock response activator Celastrol,
the glycosidase inhibitor, and the histone deacetylase inhibitor
Scriptaid, can be used to reduce formation of visual cycle products
and cell apoptosis as a result of excessive rhodopsin
activation.
[0356] As described herein, the compounds of the Formula I are
useful in the methods of the invention are available for use alone
or in combination with one or more additional compounds to treat or
prevent the aberrant processing and trafficking of mutant opsin
proteins associated with rod cell death as a result of RP. In one
embodiment, compounds of the Formula I of the invention is
administered without an additional active compound. In another
embodiment, compounds of the Formula I of the invention is used in
combination and with another active compound (e.g., as discussed
herein). In still another exemplary embodiment, compounds of the
Formula I are administered in combination with the proteasomal
inhibitor MG132, the autophagy inhibitor 3-methyladenine, a
lysosomal inhibitor ammonium chloride, the ER-Golgi transport
inhibitor brefeldin A, the Hsp90 chaperone inhibitor Geldamycin,
the heat shock response activator Celastrol, the glycosidase
inhibitor, and the histone deacetylase inhibitor Scriptaid, can be
used to reduce or prevent the rod cell death and resulting
blindness associated with RP.
[0357] As described herein, the compounds of the Formula I are
useful in the methods of the invention are available for use alone
or in combination with one or more additional compounds to treat or
prevent conditions associated with production and accumulation of
toxic visual cycle products derived from all-trans-retinal, such as
lipofucin and A2E, for example, the blindness associated with wet
or dry ARMD. In one embodiment, compounds of the Formula I of the
invention are administered without an additional active compound.
In another embodiment, compounds of the Formula I of the invention
are used in combination and with another active compound (e.g., as
discussed herein). In still another exemplary embodiment, compounds
of the Formula I are administered in combination with the
proteasomal inhibitor MG132, the autophagy inhibitor
3-methyladenine, a lysosomal inhibitor ammonium chloride, the
ER-Golgi transport inhibitor brefeldin A, the Hsp90 chaperone
inhibitor Geldamycin, the heat shock response activator Celastrol,
the glycosidase inhibitor, and the histone deacetylase inhibitor
Scriptaid, can be used to reduce formation of toxic visual cycle
product metabolites and photo cell death as a result of dry
ARMD.
[0358] In a typical competition assay of the invention, a compound
is sought that will tie up the retinal binding pocket of the opsin
protein. Thus, the assay seeks to identify a small molecule opsin
binding compound (one that will not be tightly regulated by the
retina as to amount entering rod cells) that competes with or
prevents 11-cis-retinal or 9-cis-retinal from forming rhodopsin or
isorhodopsin. Over time, this will slow the rate of formation of
rhodopsin relative to the rate when 11-cis-retinal alone is
present. In one embodiment, the assay is conducted in the presence
of 11-cis-retinal, and the rate of formation of rhodopsin is
measured as a way of determining competition for the retinal
binding pocket, for example, by determining the rate of increase in
the 500 nm peak characteristic for rhodopsin. No antibodies for
rhodopsin are required for this assay. A useful compound will
exhibit a rate of rhodopsin formation that is at least about 2 to 5
fold lower than that observed in the presence of 11-cis-retinal
when said test compound is not present.
[0359] In specific embodiments of the methods of the invention, the
mis-folded opsin protein comprises a mutation in its amino acid
sequence, for example, one of the mutations T17M, P347S, R135W or
P23H, preferably P23H.
[0360] Preferably, in any of the methods of the invention, the
opsin-binding agent binds to opsin in its retinal binding
pocket.
[0361] In one aspect, the present invention provides a method of
inhibiting the formation or accumulation of a visual cycle product,
comprising contacting an opsin protein with a compound that reduces
hydration of said opsin protein, preferably wherein said compound
competes with one or more water molecules for binding to opsin. In
specific embodiments of such methods, the compound binds chemically
to the opsin protein, for example, through hydrogen bonding.
[0362] While use of any of the compounds disclosed herein as a
means of reducing hydration in the opsin binding pocket should be
considered a preferred embodiment of such method, the reduction of
formation of a visual cycle product by reducing the formation of
rhodopsin is a general method of the invention for reducing such
visual cycle product formation, especially production of lipofuscin
and/or A2E, and for treating an ophthalmic disease by reducing said
hydration is a general aim of the invention and is not necessarily
limited in scope only to the use of chemicals disclosed herein but
may include use of other known or yet to be known chemical
compounds so long as they function in the methods of the invention
and reduce hydration (i.e., binding of water) in the retinal
binding pocket of opsin.
[0363] It should be noted that the compounds disclosed herein for
use in the methods of the invention may not function to reduce
hydration in the retinal binding pocket of opsin but may still
function in one or more of the methods of the invention. For
example, a compound of Formula I may bind to an allosteric site on
the protein thereby excluding retinal from the retinal binding site
without necessarily decreasing hydration yet still reduce formation
of a visual cycle product, such as lipofuscin and/or A2E, by virtue
of its excluding retinal from the binding pocket, thus
non-covalently reducing the activity of the visual cycle.
[0364] In embodiments of any of the compositions and methods of the
invention, the opsin-binding agent (e.g., a non-retinoid binding
agent) is selective for binding to opsin. Such selectivity is not
to be taken as requiring exclusivity that said agent may bind to
other proteins as well as to opsin but its binding to opsin will be
at least selective, whereby the binding constant (or dissociation
constant) for binding to opsin will be lower than the average value
for binding to other proteins that also bind retinoids, such as
retinal analogs. Preferably, opsin binding agents are non-retinoid
opsin-binding agents that bind non-covalently to opsin. Preferably,
the opsin binding agent binds at or near the opsin retinal binding
pocket, where the native ligand, 11-cis-retinal, normally binds.
Without wishing to be bound by theory, in one embodiment the
binding pocket accommodates retinal or an agent of the invention,
but not both. Accordingly, when an agent of the invention is bound
at or near the retinal binding pocket, other retinoids, such as
11-cis-retinal, are unable to bind to opsin. Binding of an agent of
the invention inside the retinal binding pocket of a mis-folded
opsin molecule serves to direct formation of the native or
wild-type conformation of the opsin molecule or to stabilize a
correctly folded opsin protein, thereby facilitating insertion of
the now correctly-folded opsin into the membrane of a rod cell.
Again, without wishing to be bound by theory, said insertion may
help to maintain the wild-type conformation of opsin and the
opsin-binding agent is free to diffuse out of the binding pocket,
whereupon the pocket is available for binding to retinal to form
light-sensitive rhodopsin.
[0365] Other methods of the invention provide a means to restore
photoreceptor function in a mammalian eye containing a mis-folded
opsin protein that causes reduced photoreceptor function,
comprising contacting said mis-folded opsin protein with an
opsin-binding agent (e.g., a non-retinoid) that reversibly binds
(e.g., that binds non-covalently) at or near the retinal binding
pocket. In other embodiments, binding of the opsin-binding agent to
the mis-folded opsin protein competes with 11-cis-retinal for
binding in said binding pocket. Desirably, binding of the
opsin-binding agent restores the native conformation of said
mis-folded opsin protein.
[0366] In preferred embodiments, the mammalian eye is a human eye.
In additional embodiments, said contacting occurs by administering
said opsin-binding agent (e.g., non-retinoid) to a mammal afflicted
with an ophthalmic condition, such as a condition characterized by
reduced photoreceptor function. In various embodiments, the
condition is the wet or dry form of macular degeneration, diabetic
RP, a retinal or macular dystrophy, Stargardt's disease, Sorsby's
dystrophy, autosomal dominant drusen, Best's dystrophy, peripherin
mutation associate with macular dystrophy, dominant form of
Stargart's disease, North Carolina macular dystrophy, light
toxicity (e.g., due to retinal surgery), or retinitis pigmentosa.
The administration may be topical administration or by systemic
administration, the latter including oral administration,
intraocular injection or periocular injection. Topical
administration can include, for example, eye drops containing an
effective amount of an agent of the invention in a suitable
pharmaceutical carrier.
[0367] In another embodiment, the present invention also provides a
method of stabilizing a mutant opsin protein, comprising contacting
said mutant opsin protein with a non-retinoid opsin-binding agent
that reversibly binds non-covalently (for example, at or in the
retinal binding pocket) to said mutant opsin protein to prevent
retinoid binding in said binding pocket, thereby stabilizing said
mutant opsin protein.
[0368] The present invention also provides a method of ameliorating
loss of photoreceptor function in a mammalian eye, comprising
administering an effective amount of an opsin-binding agent, such
as a non-retinoid, to a mammal afflicted with a mutant opsin
protein that has reduced affinity for 11-cis-retinal, whereby the
opsin binding agent reversibly binds (e.g., non-covalently) to the
retinal binding pocket of said mutant opsin, thereby ameliorating
loss of photoreceptor function in said mammalian eye. In one
embodiment, the contacting occurs by administering said
opsin-binding agent to a mammal afflicted with said reduced
photoreceptor function, wherein said administering may be by
topical administration or by systemic administration, the latter
including oral, intraocular injection or periocular injection, and
the former including the use of eye drops containing an agent of
the invention. Such loss of photoreceptor function may be a partial
loss or a complete loss, and where a partial loss it may be to any
degree between 1% loss and 99% loss. In addition, such loss may be
due to the presence of a mutation that causes mis-folding of the
opsin, such as where the mutation is the P23H mutation. In another
embodiment, the opsin binding agent is administered to ameliorate
an opthalmic condition related to the mislocalization of an opsin
protein. In one embodiment, the invention provides for the
treatment of a subject having the dry form of age-related macular
degeneration, where at least a portion of the opsin present in an
ocular photoreceptor cell (e.g., a rod or cone cell) is
mislocalized. The mislocalized protein fails to be inserted into
the membrane of a photoreceptor cell, where its function is
required for vision. Administration of the opsin binding agent to a
subject having a mislocalized opsin protein rescues, at least in
part, opsin localization. Accordingly, the invention is useful to
prevent or treat an ophthalmic condition related to opsin
mislocalization or to ameliorate a symptom thereof.
[0369] The present invention provides a method for treating and/or
preventing an ophthalmic condition or a symptom thereof, including
but not limited to, wet or dry form of macular degeneration,
retinitis pigmentosa, a retinal or macular dystrophy, Stargardt's
disease, Sorsby's dystrophy, autosomal dominant drusen, Best's
dystrophy, peripherin mutation associate with macular dystrophy,
dominant form of Stargart's disease, North Carolina macular
dystrophy, light toxicity (e.g., due to retinal surgery), or
retinitis pigmentosa in a subject, such as a human patient,
comprising administering to a subject afflicted with, or at risk of
developing, one of the aforementioned conditions or another
ophthalmic condition related to the expression of a misfolded or
mislocalized opsin protein using a therapeutically effective amount
of an opsin-binding agent, e.g., an agent that shows positive
activity when tested in any one or more of the screening assays of
the invention.
[0370] Such a method may also comprise administering to said
subject at least one additional agent selected from the group
consisting of a proteasomal inhibitor, an autophagy inhibitor, a
lysosomal inhibitor, an inhibitor of protein transport from the ER
to the Golgi, an Hsp90 chaperone inhibitor, a heat shock response
activator, a glycosidase inhibitor, and a histone deacetylase
inhibitor, wherein the opsin-binding compound and the additional
compound are administered simultaneously or within fourteen days of
each other in amounts sufficient to treat the subject.
[0371] Here again the patient may comprise a mutation that affects
protein folding where said mutation(s) causes mis-folding, e.g., in
an opsin protein, and may be any of the mutations recited elsewhere
herein, such as a P23H mutation. In other embodiments, the patient
has an ophthalmic condition that is related to the mislocalization
of an opsin protein. The mislocalized opsin fails to insert into
the membrane of a photoreceptor cell (e.g., a rod or cone cell). In
general, this failure in localization would effect only a portion
of the opsin present in an ocular cell of a patient.
[0372] In particular examples of the methods of the invention, the
opsin-binding compound and the additional compound are administered
within ten days of each other, more preferably within five days of
each other, even more preferably within twenty-four hours of each
other and most preferably are administered simultaneously. In one
example, the opsin-binding compound and the additional compound are
administered directly to the eye. Such administration may be
intra-ocular. In other examples, the opsin-binding compound and the
additional compound are each incorporated into a composition that
provides for their long-term release, such as where the composition
is part of a microsphere, nanosphere, or nano emulsion. In one
example, the composition is administered via a drug-delivery device
that effects long-term release. Such methods also contemplate
administering a vitamin A supplement along with an agent of the
invention.
[0373] As described herein, the opsin-binding agents useful in the
methods of the invention are available for use alone or in
combination with one or more additional compounds to treat or
prevent conditions associated with the wet or dry form of macular
degeneration, retinitis pigmentosa, a retinal or macular dystrophy,
Stargardt's disease, Sorsby's dystrophy, autosomal dominant drusen,
Best's dystrophy, peripherin mutation associate with macular
dystrophy, dominant form of Stargart's disease, North Carolina
macular dystrophy, light toxicity (e.g., due to retinal surgery),
retinitis pigmentosa or another ophthalmic condition related to the
expression of a misfolded or mislocalized opsin protein. In one
embodiment, an opsin-hinding compound of the invention (e.g., a
non-retinoid or a retinoid that fails to covalently bind to opsin)
is administered to a subject identified as having or at risk of
developing such a condition. Optionally, the opsin binding agent is
administered together with another therapeutic agent. In another
embodiment, a non-retinoid opsin-binding compound of the invention
is used in combination with a synthetic retinoid (e.g., as
disclosed in U.S. Patent Publication No. 2004-0242704), and
optionally with another active compound (e.g., as discussed
herein). In still another exemplary embodiment, an opsin-binding
compound is administered in combination with the proteasomal
inhibitor MG132, the autophagy inhibitor 3-methyladenine, a
lysosomal inhibitor, such as ammonium chloride, the ER-Golgi
transport inhibitor brefeldin A, the Hsp90 chaperone inhibitor
Geldamycin, the heat shock response activator Celastrol, the
glycosidase inhibitor, and/or the histone deacetylase inhibitor
Scriptaid, or any other agent that can stabilize a mutant P23H
opsin protein in a biochemically functional conformation that
allows it to associate with 11-cis-retinal to form rhodopsin.
[0374] In specific embodiments, an opsin-binding compound is a
non-polymeric (e.g., a small molecule, such as those disclosed
herein for use in the methods of the invention) compound having a
molecular weight less than about 1000 daltons, less than 800, less
than 600, less than 500, less than 400, or less than about 300
daltons. In certain embodiments, a compound of the invention
increases the amount (e.g., from or in a cell) of a stably-folded
and/or complexed mutant protein by at least 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%,
50%, 75%, or 100% compared to an untreated control cell or
protein.
[0375] Proteasomal Inhibitors
[0376] The 26S proteasome is a multicatalytic protease that cleaves
ubiquinated proteins into short peptides. MG-132 is one proteasomal
inhibitor that may be used. MG-132 is particularly useful for the
treatment of light toxicity and other ocular diseases related to
the accumulation of visual cycle products (e.g., all-trans-retinal,
A2E, lipofuscin), protein aggregation or protein misfolding. Other
proteasomal inhibitors useful in combination with of the invention
in the methods of the invention include lactocystin (LC),
clasto-lactocystin-beta-lactone, PSI
(N-carbobenzoyl-Ile-Glu-(OtBu)-Ala-Leu-CHO), MG-132
(N-carbobenzoyl-Leu-Leu-Leu-CHO), MG-115
(Ncarbobenzoyl-Leu-Leu-Nva-CHO), MG-101
(N-Acetyl-Leu-Leu-norLeu-CHO), ALLM (NAcetyl-Leu-Leu-Met-CHO),
N-carbobenzoyl-Gly-Pro-Phe-leu-CHO,
N-carbobenzoyl-Gly-Pro-Ala-Phe-CHO, N-carbobenzoyl-Leu-Leu-Phe-CHO,
and salts or analogs thereof. Other proteasomal inhibitors and
their uses are described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,492,333.
[0377] Autophagy Inhibitors
[0378] Autophagy is an evolutionarily conserved mechanism for the
degradation of cellular components in the cytoplasm, and serves as
a cell survival mechanism in starving cells. During autophagy
pieces of cytoplasm become encapsulated by cellular membranes,
forming autophagic vacuoles that eventually fuse with lysosomes to
have their contents degraded. Autophagy inhibitors may be used in
combination with an opsin-binding or opsin-stabilizing compound of
the invention. Autophagy inhibitors useful in combination with a of
the invention in the methods of the invention include, but are not
limited to, 3-methyladenine, 3-methyl adenosine, adenosine, okadaic
acid, N.sup.6-mercaptopurine riboside (Ne-MPR), an aminothiolated
adenosine analog, 5-amino-4-imidazole carboxamide riboside (AICAR),
bafilomycin A1, and salts or analogs thereof.
[0379] Lysosomal Inhibitors
[0380] The lysosome is a major site of cellular protein
degradation. Degradation of proteins entering the cell by
receptor-mediated endocytosis or by pinocytosis, and of plasma
membrane proteins takes place in lysosomes. Lysosomal inhibitors,
such as ammonium chloride, leupeptin,
trans-epoxysaccinyl-L-leucylamide-(4-guanidino) butane,
L-methionine methyl ester, ammonium chloride, methylamine,
chloroquine, and salts or analogs thereof, are useful in
combination with an opsin-binding or opsin-stabilizing compound of
the invention.
[0381] HSP90 Chaperone Inhibitors
[0382] Heat shock protein 90 (Hsp90) is responsible for chaperoning
proteins involved in cell signaling, proliferation and survival,
and is essential for the conformational stability and function of a
number of proteins. HSP-90 inhibitors are useful in combination
with an opsin-binding or opsin-stabilizing compound in the methods
of the invention. HSP-90 inhibitors include benzoquinone ansamycin
antibiotics, such as geldanamycin and
17-allylamino-17-demethoxygeldanamycin (I7-AAG), which specifically
bind to Hsp90, alter its function, and promote the proteolytic
degradation of substrate proteins. Other HSP-90 inhibitors include,
but are not limited to, radicicol, novobiocin, and any Hsp90
inhibitor that binds to the Hsp90 ATP/ADP pocket.
[0383] Heat Shock Response Activators
[0384] Celastrol, a quinone methide triterpene, activates the human
heat shock response. In combination with an opsin-binding or
opsin-stabilizing compound in methods of the invention, celastrol
and other heat shock response activators are useful for the
treatment of PCD. Heat shock response activators include, but are
not limited to, celastrol, celastrol methyl ester, dihydrocelastrol
diacetate, celastrol butyl ester, dihydrocelastrol, and salts or
analogs thereof.
[0385] Histone Deacetylase Inhibitors
[0386] Regulation of gene expression is mediated by several
mechanisms, including the post-translational modifications of
histones by dynamic acetylation and deacetylation. The enzymes
responsible for reversible acetylationl/deacetylation processes are
histone acetyltransferases (HATs) and histone deacetylases (HDACs),
respectively. Histone deacetylase inhibitors include Scriptaid,
APHA Compound 8, Apicidin, sodium butyrate, (-)-Depudecin,
Sirtinol, trichostatin A, and salts or analogs thereof. Such
inhibitors may be used in combination with compounds of the
invention in the methods disclosed herein.
[0387] Glycosidase Inhibitors
[0388] Glycosidase inhibitors are one class of compounds that are
useful in the methods of the invention, when administered in
combination with an opsin-binding or opsin-stabilizing compound of
the invention. Castanospermine, a polyhydroxy alkaloid isolated
from plant sources, inhibits enzymatic glycoside hydrolysis.
Castanospermine and its derivatives are particularly useful for the
treatment of light toxicity or of an ocular Protein Conformation
Disorder, such as RP. Also useful in the methods of the invention
are other glycosidase inhibitors, including australine
hydrochloride, 6-Acetamido-6-deoxy-castanospermine, which is a
powerful inhibitor of hexosaminidases, Deoxyfuconojirimycin
hydrochloride (DFJ7), Deoxynojirimycin (DNJ), which inhibits
glucosidase I and II, Deoxygalactonojirimycin hydrochloride (DGJ),
winch inhibits .alpha.-D-galactosidase, Deoxymannojirimycin
hydrochloride (DM1),
2R,5R-Bis(hydroxymethyl)-3R,4R-dihydroxypyrrolidine (DMDP), also
known as 2,5-dideoxy-2,5-imino-D-mannitol,
1,4-Dideoxy-1,4-imino-D-mannitol hydrochloride,
(3R,4R,5R,6R)-3,4,5,6-Tetrahydroxyazepane Hydrochloride, which
inhibits b-N-acetylglucosaminidase, 1,5-Dideoxy-1,5-imino-xylitol,
which inhibits .beta.-glucosidase, and Kifunensine, an inhibitor of
mannosidase 1. Also useful in combination with an opsin-binding or
opsin-stabilizing compound are N-butyldeoxynojirimycin (EDNJ),
N-nonyl DNJ (NDND, N-hexyl DNJ (I5TDNJ), N-methyldeoxynojirimycin
(MDNJ), and other glycosidase inhibitors known in the art.
Glycosidase inhibitors are available commercially, for example,
from Industrial Research Limited (Wellington, New Zealand) and
methods of using them are described, for example, in U.S. Pat. Nos.
4,894,388, 5,043,273, 5,103,008, 5,844,102, and 6,831,176; and in
U.S. Patent Publication Nos. 20020006909.
[0389] Pharmaceutical Compositions
[0390] The present invention features pharmaceutical preparations
comprising compounds together with pharmaceutically acceptable
carriers, where the compounds provide for the inhibition of visual
cycle products, such as all-trans-retinal or other products formed
from 11-cis-retinal. Such preparations have both therapeutic and
prophylactic applications. In one embodiment, a pharmaceutical
composition includes an opsin-binding or stabilizing compound
(e.g., a compound identified using the methods of Example 1) or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; optionally in combination
with at least one additional compound that is a proteasomal
inhibitor, an autophagy inhibitor, a lysosomal inhibitor, an
inhibitor of protein transport from the ER to the Golgi, an Hsp9O
chaperone inhibitor, a heat shock response activator, a glycosidase
inhibitor, or a histone deacetylase inhibitor. The opsin-binding or
opsin-stabilizing compound is preferably not a natural or synthetic
retinoid. The opsin-binding or opsin-stabilizing compound and the
additional compound are formulated together or separately.
Compounds of the invention may be administered as part of a
pharmaceutical composition. The non-oral compositions should be
sterile and contain a therapeutically effective amount of the
opsin-binding or opsin-stabilizing compound in a unit of weight or
volume suitable for administration to a subject. The compositions
and combinations of the invention can be part of a pharmaceutical
pack, where each of the compounds is present in individual dosage
amounts.
[0391] The phrase "pharmaceutically acceptable" refers to those
compounds of the present invention, compositions containing such
compounds, and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound
medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of
human beings and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation,
allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate
with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
[0392] Non-oral pharmaceutical compositions of the invention to be
used for prophylactic or therapeutic administration should be
sterile. Sterility is readily accomplished by filtration through
sterile filtration membranes (e.g., 0.2 .mu.m membranes), by gamma
irradiation, or any other suitable means known to those skilled in
the art. Therapeutic opsin-binding or opsin-stabilizing compound
compositions generally are placed into a container having a sterile
access port, for example, an intravenous solution bag or vial
having a stopper pierceable by a hypodermic injection needle. These
compositions ordinarily will be stored in unit or multi-dose
containers, for example, sealed ampoules or vials, as an aqueous
solution or as a lyophilized formulation for reconstitution. The
compounds may be combined, optionally, with a pharmaceutically
acceptable excipient.
[0393] The components of the pharmaceutical compositions also are
capable of being co-mingled with the molecules of the present
invention, and with each other, in a manner such that there is no
interaction that would substantially impair the desired
pharmaceutical efficacy.
[0394] Compounds of the present invention can be contained in a
pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. The excipient preferably
contains minor amounts of additives such as substances that enhance
isotonicity and chemical stability. Such materials are non-toxic to
recipients at the dosages and concentrations employed, and include
buffers such as phosphate, citrate, succinate, acetate, lactate,
tartrate, and other organic acids or their salts;
tris-hydroxymethylaminomethane (TRIS), bicarbonate, carbonate, and
other organic bases and their salts; antioxidants, such as ascorbic
acid; low molecular weight (for example, less than about ten
residues) polypeptides, e.g., polyarginine, polylysine,
polyglutamate and polyaspartate; proteins, such as serum albumin,
gelatin, or immunoglobulins; hydrophilic polymers, such as
polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP), polypropylene glycols (PPGs), and
polyethylene glycols (PEGs); amino acids, such as glycine, glutamic
acid, aspartic acid, histidine, lysine, or arginine;
monosaccharides, disaccharides, and other carbohydrates including
cellulose or its derivatives, glucose, mannose, sucrose, dextrins
or sulfated carbohydrate derivatives, such as heparin, chondroitin
sulfate or dextran sulfate; polyvalent metal ions, such as divalent
metal ions including calcium ions, magnesium ions and manganese
ions; chelating agents, such as ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid
(EDTA); sugar alcohols, such as mannitol or sorbitol; counterions,
such as sodium or ammonium; and/or nonionic surfactants, such as
polysorbates or poloxamers. Other additives may be included, such
as stabilizers, anti-microbials, inert gases, fluid and nutrient
replenishers (i.e., Ringer's dextrose), electrolyte replenishers,
which can be present in conventional amounts.
[0395] The compositions, as described above, can be administered in
effective amounts. The effective amount will depend upon the mode
or administration, the particular condition being treated and the
desired outcome. It may also depend upon the stage of the
condition, the age and physical condition of the subject, the
nature of concurrent therapy, if any, and like factors well known
to the medical practitioner. For therapeutic applications, it is
that amount sufficient to achieve a medically desirable result.
[0396] With respect to a subject suffering from, or at risk of
developing, light toxicity, such as that due to ocular surgery, an
effective amount is an amount sufficient to reduce the rate or
extent of formation and accumulation of visual cycle products, such
as all-trans-retinal, or lipofuscin, or A2E as well as preventing
photocell apoptosis as a result of excessive rhodopsin activation.
Here, the compounds of the present invention would be from about
0.01 mg/kg per day to about 1000 mg/kg per day. It is expected that
doses ranging from about 50 to about 2000 mg/kg will be suitable.
Lower doses will result from certain forms of administration, such
as intravenous administration. In the event that a response in a
subject is insufficient at the initial doses applied, higher doses
(or effectively higher doses by a different, more localized
delivery route) may be employed to the extent that patient
tolerance permits. Multiple doses per day are contemplated to
achieve appropriate systemic levels of a composition of the present
invention.
[0397] A variety of administration routes are available. The
methods of the invention, generally speaking, may be practiced
using any mode of administration that is medically acceptable,
meaning any mode that produces effective levels of the active
compounds without causing clinically unacceptable adverse effects.
In one preferred embodiment, a composition of the invention is
administered intraocularly. Other modes of administration include
oral, rectal, topical, intraocular, buccal, intravaginal,
intracistemal, intracerebroventricular, intratracheal, nasal,
transdermal, within/on implants, or parenteral routes. Compositions
comprising a composition of the invention can be added to a
physiological fluid, such as to the intravitreal humor. For CNS
administration, a variety of techniques are available for promoting
transfer of the therapeutic across the blood brain barrier
including disruption by surgery or injection, drugs which
transiently open adhesion contact between the CNS vasculature
endothelial cells, and compounds that facilitate translocation
through such cells. Oral administration can be preferred for
prophylactic treatment because of the convenience to the patient as
well as the dosing schedule.
[0398] Pharmaceutical compositions of the invention can optionally
further contain one or more additional proteins as desired,
including plasma proteins, proteases, and other biological
material, so long as it does not cause adverse effects upon
administration to a subject. Suitable proteins or biological
material may be obtained from human or mammalian plasma by any of
the purification methods known and available to those skilled in
the art; from supernatants, extracts, or lysates of recombinant
tissue culture, viruses, yeast, bacteria, or the like that contain
a gene that expresses a human or mammalian plasma protein which has
been introduced according to standard recombinant DNA techniques;
or from the fluids (e.g., blood, milk, lymph, urine or the like) or
transgenic animals that contain a gene that expresses a human
plasma protein which has been introduced according to standard
transgenic techniques.
[0399] Pharmaceutical compositions of the invention can comprise
one or more pH buffering compounds to maintain the pH of the
formulation at a predetermined level that reflects physiological
pH, such as in the range of about 5.0 to about 8.0 (e.g., 6.0, 6.5,
6.8, 6.9, 7.0, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.8). The pH buffering
compound used in the aqueous liquid formulation can be an amino
acid or mixture of amino acids, such as histidine or a mixture of
amino acids such as histidine and glycine. Alternatively, the pH
buffering compound is preferably an agent which maintains the pH of
the formulation at a predetermined level, such as in the range of
about 5.0 to about 8.0, and which does not chelate calcium ions.
Illustrative examples of such pH buffering compounds include, but
are not limited to, imidazole and acetate ions. The pH buffering
compound may be present in any amount suitable to maintain the pH
of the formulation at a predetermined level.
[0400] Pharmaceutical compositions of the invention can also
contain one or more osmotic modulating agents, i.e., a compound
that modulates the osmotic properties (e.g., tonicity, osmolality
and/or osmotic pressure) of the formulation to a level that is
acceptable to the blood stream and blood cells of recipient
individuals. The osmotic modulating agent can be an agent that does
not chelate calcium ions. The osmotic modulating agent can be any
compound known or available to those skilled in the art that
modulates the osmotic properties of the formulation. One skilled in
the art may empirically determine the suitability of a given
osmotic modulating agent for use in the inventive formulation.
Illustrative examples of suitable types of osmotic modulating
agents include, but are not limited to: salts, such as sodium
chloride and sodium acetate; sugars, such as sucrose, dextrose, and
mannitol; amino acids, such as glycine; and mixtures of one or more
of these agents and/or types of agents. The osmotic modulating
agent(s) maybe present in any concentration sufficient to modulate
the osmotic properties of the formulation.
[0401] Compositions comprising an opsin-binding or
opsin-stabilizing compound of the present invention can contain
multivalent metal ions, such as calcium ions, magnesium ions and/or
manganese ions. Any multivalent metal ion that helps stabilize the
composition and that will not adversely affect recipient
individuals may be used. The skilled artisan, based on these two
criteria, can determine suitable metal ions empirically and
suitable sources of such metal ions are known, and include
inorganic and organic salts.
[0402] Pharmaceutical compositions of the invention can also be a
non-aqueous liquid formulation. Any suitable non-aqueous liquid may
be employed, provided that it provides stability to the active
agents (a) contained therein. Preferably, the non-aqueous liquid is
a hydrophilic liquid. Illustrative examples of suitable non-aqueous
liquids include: glycerol; dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO);
polydimethylsiloxane (PMS); ethylene glycols, such as ethylene
glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol
("PEG") 200, PEG 300, and PEG 400; and propylene glycols, such as
dipropylene glycol, tripropylene glycol, polypropylene glycol
("PPG") 425, PPG 725, PPG 1000, PEG 2000, PEG 3000 and PEG
4000.
[0403] Pharmaceutical compositions of the invention can also be a
mixed aqueous/non-aqueous liquid formulation. Any suitable
non-aqueous liquid formulation, such as those described above, can
be employed along with any aqueous liquid formulation, such as
those described above, provided that the mixed aqueous/non-aqueous
liquid formulation provides stability to the compound contained
therein. Preferably, the non-aqueous liquid in such a formulation
is a hydrophilic liquid. Illustrative examples of suitable
non-aqueous liquids include: glycerol; DMSO; EMS; ethylene glycols,
such as PEG 200, PEG 300, and PEG 400; and propylene glycols, such
as PPG 425, PPG 725, PEG 1000, PEG 2000, PEG 3000 and PEG 4000.
Suitable stable formulations can permit storage of the active
agents in a frozen or an unfrozen liquid state. Stable liquid
formulations can be stored at a temperature of at least -70.degree.
C., but can also be stored at higher temperatures of at least
0.degree. C., or between about 0.degree. C. and about 42.degree.
C., depending on the properties of the composition. It is generally
known to the skilled artisan that proteins and polypeptides are
sensitive to changes in pH, temperature, and a multiplicity of
other factors that may affect therapeutic efficacy.
[0404] In certain embodiments a desirable route of administration
can be by pulmonary aerosol. Techniques for preparing aerosol
delivery systems containing polypeptides are well known to those of
skill in the art. Generally, such systems should utilize components
that will not significantly impair the biological properties of the
antibodies, such as the paratope binding capacity (see, for
example, Sciarra and Cutie, "Aerosols," in Remington's
Pharmaceutical Sciences 18th edition, 1990, pp 1694-1712;
incorporated by reference). Those of skill in the art can readily
modify the various parameters and conditions for producing
polypeptide aerosols without resorting to undue
experimentation.
[0405] Other delivery systems can include time-release, delayed
release or sustained release delivery systems. Such systems can
avoid repeated administrations of compositions of the invention,
increasing convenience to the subject and the physician. Many types
of release delivery systems are available and known to those of
ordinary skill in the art. They include polymer base systems such
as polylactides (U.S. Pat. No. 3,773,919; European Patent No.
58,481), poly(lactide-glycolide), copolyoxalates polycaprolactones,
polyesteramides, polyorthoesters, poiyhydroxybutyric acids, such as
poly-D-(-)-3-hydroxybutyric acid (European Patent No. 133,988),
copolymers of L-glutamic acid and gamma-ethyl-L-glutamate (Sidman,
K R. et at, Biopolymers 22: 547-556), poly (2-hydroxyethyl
methacrylate) or ethylene vinyl acetate (Langer, et al., J. Biomed.
Mater. Res. 15:267-277; Langer, B. Chem. Tech. 12:98-105), and
polyanhydrides.
[0406] Other examples of sustained-release compositions include
semi-permeable polymer matrices in the form of shaped articles,
e.g., films, or microcapsules. Delivery systems also include
non-polymer systems that are: lipids including sterols such as
cholesterol, cholesterol esters and fatty acids or neutral fats
such as mono-, di- and tri-glycerides; hydrogel release systems
such as biologically-derived bioresorbable hydrogel (i.e., chitin
hydrogels or chitosan hydrogels); sylastic systems; peptide based
systems; wax coatings; compressed tablets using conventional
binders and excipients; partially filled implants; and the like.
Specific examples include, but are not limited to: (a) aerosional
systems in which the agent is contained in a form within a matrix
such as those described in 13.5. U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,452,775,
4,667,014, 4,748,034 and 5,239,660 and (b) diffusional systems in
which an active component permeates at a controlled rate from a
polymer such as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,832,253, and
3,854,480.
[0407] Another type of delivery system that can be used with the
methods and compositions of the invention is a colloidal dispersion
system. Colloidal dispersion systems include lipid-based systems
including oil-in-water emulsions, micelles, mixed micelles, and
liposomes. Liposomes are artificial membrane vessels, which are
useful as a delivery vector in vivo or in vitro. Large unilamellar
vessels (LUV), which range in size from 0.2-4.0 .mu.m, can
encapsulate large macromolecules within the aqueous interior and be
delivered to cells in a biologically active form (Fraley, R., and
Papahadjopoulos, D., Trends Biochem. Sci. 6: 77-80).
[0408] Liposomes can be targeted to a particular tissue by coupling
the liposome to a specific ligand such as a monoclonal antibody,
sugar, glycolipid, or protein. Liposomes are commercially available
from Gibco BRL, for example, as LIPOFECTIN.TM. and LIPOFECTACE.TM.,
which are formed of cationic lipids such as N-[1-(2, 3
dioleyloxy)-propyl]-N,N,N-trimethylammonium chloride (DOTMA) and
dimethyl dioctadecylammonium bromide (DDAB). Methods for making
liposomes are well known in the art and have been described in many
publications, for example, in DE 3,218,121; Epstein et al., Proc.
Natl. Acad. Sci. (USA) 82:3688-3692 (1985); K. Hwang et al., Proc.
Natl, Acad. Sci. (USA) 77:4030-4034 (1980); EP 52,322; EP 36,676;
EP 88,046; EP 143,949; EP 142,641; Japanese Pat. Appl. 83-118008;
U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,485,045 and 4,544,545; and EP 102,324. Liposomes
also have been reviewed by Gregoriadis, G., Trends Biotechnol., 3:
235-241.
[0409] Another type of vehicle is a biocompatible microparticle or
implant that is suitable for implantation into the mammalian
recipient. Exemplary bioerodible implants that are useful in
accordance with this method are described in PCT International
application no. PCTIUS/03307 (Publication No. WO 95/24929, entitled
"Polymeric Gene Delivery System"). PCT/US/0307 describes
biocompatible, preferably biodegradable polymeric matrices for
containing an exogenous gene under the control of an appropriate
promoter. The polymeric matrices can be used to achieve sustained
release of the exogenous gene or gene product in the subject.
[0410] The polymeric matrix preferably is in the form of a
microparticle such as a microsphere (wherein an agent is dispersed
throughout a solid polymeric matrix) or a microcapsule (wherein an
agent is stored in the core of a polymeric shell). Microcapsules of
the foregoing polymers containing drugs are described in, for
example, U.S. Pat. No. 5,075,109. Other forms of the polymeric
matrix for containing an agent include films, coatings, gels,
implants, and stents. The size and composition of the polymeric
matrix device is selected to result in favorable release kinetics
in the tissue into which the matrix is introduced. The size of the
polymeric matrix further is selected according to the method of
delivery that is to be used. Preferably, when an aerosol route is
used the polymeric matrix and composition are encompassed in a
surfactant vehicle. The polymeric matrix composition can be
selected to have both favorable degradation rates and also to be
formed of a material, which is a bioadhesive, to further increase
the effectiveness of transfer. The matrix composition also can be
selected not to degrade, but rather to release by diffusion over an
extended period of time. The delivery system can also be a
biocompatible microsphere that is suitable for local, site-specific
delivery. Such microspheres are disclosed in Chickering, D. B., et
al., Biotechnot. Bioeng, 52:96-101; Mathiowitz, B., et al., Nature
386: 410-414.
[0411] Both non-biodegradable and biodegradable polymeric matrices
can be used to deliver the compositions of the invention to the
subject. Such polymers may be natural or synthetic polymers. The
polymer is selected based on the period of time over which release
is desired, generally in the order of a few hours to a year or
longer. Typically, release over a period ranging from between a few
hours and three to twelve months is most desirable. The polymer
optionally is in the form of a hydrogel that can absorb up to about
90% of its weight in water and further, optionally is cross-linked
with multivalent ions or other polymers.
[0412] Exemplary synthetic polymers which can be used to form the
biodegradable delivery system include: polyamides, polycarbonates,
polyalkylenes, polyalkylene glycols, polyalkylene oxides,
polyalkylene terephthalates, polyvinyl alcohols, polyvinyl ethers,
polyvinyl esters, polyvinyl halides, polyvinylpyrrolidone,
polyglycolides, polysiloxanes, polyurethanes and copolymers
thereof, alkyl cellulose, hydroxyalkyl celluloses, cellulose
ethers, cellulose esters, nitro celluoses, polymers of acrylic and
methacrylic esters, methyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose,
hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose,
hydroxybutyl methyl cellulose, cellulose acetate, cellulose
propionate, cellulose acetate butyrate, cellulose acetate
phthalate, carboxylethyl cellulose, cellulose triacetate, cellulose
sulfate sodium salt, poly(methyl methacrylate), poly(ethyl
methacrylate), poly(butyl methacrylate), poly(isobutyl
methacrylate), poly(hexyl methacrylate), poly(isodecyl
methacrylate), poly(lauryl methacrylate), poly(phenyl
methacrylate), poly(methyl acrylate), poly(isopropyl acrylate),
poly(isobutyl acrylate), poly(octadecyl acrylate), polyethylene,
polypropylene, poly(ethylene glycol), poly(ethylene oxide),
poly(ethylene terephthalate), poly(vinyl alcohols), poly(vinyl
acetate), poly(vinyl chloride), polystyrene,
poly(vinylpyrrolidone), and polymers of lactic acid and glycolic
acid, polyanhydrides, poly(ortho)esters, poly(butic acid),
poly(valeric acid), and poly(lactide-cocaprolactone), and natural
polymers such as alginate and other polysaccharides including
dextran and cellulose, collagen, chemical derivatives thereof
(substitutions, additions of chemical groups, for example, alkyl,
alkylene, hydroxylations, oxidations, and other modifications
routinely made by those skilled in the art), albumin and other
hydrophilic proteins, zein and other prolamines and hydrophobic
proteins, copolymers and mixtures thereof. In general, these
materials degrade either by enzymatic hydrolysis or exposure to
water in vivo, by surface or bulk erosion.
[0413] Methods of Ocular Delivery
[0414] The compositions of the invention are particularly suitable
for treating ocular diseases or conditions, such as light toxicity,
in particular light toxicity related to an ocular surgical
procedure.
[0415] In one approach, the compositions of the invention are
administered through an ocular device suitable for direct
implantation into the vitreous of the eye. The compositions of the
invention may be provided in sustained release compositions, such
as those described in, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,672,659 and
5,595,760. Such devices are found to provide sustained controlled
release of various compositions to treat the eye without risk of
detrimental local and systemic side effects. An object of the
present ocular method of delivery is to maximize the amount of drug
contained in an intraocular device or implant while minimizing its
size in order to prolong the duration of the implant. See, e.g.,
U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,378,475; 6,375,972, and 6,756,058 and U.S.
Publications 20050096290 and 200501269448. Such implants may be
biodegradable and/or biocompatible implants, or may be
non-biodegradable implants.
[0416] Biodegradable ocular implants are described, for example, in
U.S. Patent Publication No. 20050048099. The implants may be
permeable or impermeable to the active agent, and may be inserted
into a chamber of the eye, such as the anterior or posterior
chambers or may be implanted in the sclera, transchoroidal space,
or an avascularized region exterior to the vitreous. Alternatively,
a contact lens that acts as a depot for compositions of the
invention may also be used for drug delivery.
[0417] In a preferred embodiment, the implant may be positioned
over an avascular region, such as on the sclera, so as to allow for
transcleral diffusion of the drug to the desired site of treatment,
e.g. the intraocular space and macula of the eye. Furthermore, the
site of transcleral diffusion is preferably in proximity to the
macula. Examples of implants for delivery of a composition of the
invention include, but are not limited to, the devices described in
U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,416,530; 3,828,777; 4,014,335; 4,300,557;
4,327,725; 4,853,224; 4,946,450; 4,997,652; 5,147,647; 164,188;
5,178,635; 5,300,114; 5,322,691; 5,403,901; 5,443,505; 5,466,466;
5,476,511; 5,516,522; 5,632,984; 5,679,666; 5,710,165; 5,725,493;
5,743,274; 5,766,242; 5,766,619; 5,770,592; 5,773,019; 5,824,072;
5,824,073; 5,830,173; 5,836,935; 5,869,079, 5,902,598; 5,904,144;
5,916,584; 6,001,386; 6,074,661; 6,110,485; 6,126,687; 6,146.366;
6,251,090; and 6,299,895, and in WO 01/30323 and WO 01/28474, all
of which are incorporated herein by reference.
[0418] Examples include, but are not limited to the following: a
sustained release drug delivery system comprising an inner
reservoir comprising an effective amount of an agent effective in
obtaining a desired local or systemic physiological or
pharmacological effect, an inner tube impermeable to the passage of
the agent, the inner tube having first and second ends and covering
at least a portion of the inner reservoir, the inner tube sized and
formed of a material so that the inner tube is capable of
supporting its own weight, an impermeable member positioned at the
inner tube first end, the impermeable member preventing passage of
the agent out of the reservoir through the inner tube first end,
and a permeable member positioned at the inner tube second end, the
permeable member allowing diffusion of the agent out of the
reservoir through the inner tube second end; a method for
administering a compound of the invention to a segment of an eye,
the method comprising the step of implanting a sustained release
device to deliver the compound of the invention to the vitreous of
the eye or an implantable, sustained release device for
administering a compound of the invention to a segment of an eye; a
sustained release drug delivery device comprising: a) a drug core
comprising a therapeutically effective amount of at least one first
agent effective in obtaining a diagnostic effect or effective in
obtaining a desired local or systemic physiological or
pharmacological effect; b) at least one unitary cup essentially
impermeable to the passage of the agent that surrounds and defines
an internal compartment to accept the drug core, the unitary cup
comprising an open top end with at least one recessed groove around
at least some portion of the open top end of the unitary cup; c) a
permeable plug which is permeable to the passage of the agent, the
permeable plug is positioned at the open top end of the unitary cup
wherein the groove interacts with the permeable plug holding it in
position and dosing the open top end, the permeable plug allowing
passage of the agent out of the drug core, though the permeable
plug, and out the open top end of the unitary cup; and d) at least
one second agent effective in obtaining a diagnostic effect or
effective in obtaining a desired local or systemic physiological or
pharmacological effect; or a sustained release drug delivery device
comprising: an inner core comprising an effective amount of an
agent having a desired solubility and a polymer coating layer, the
polymer layer being permeable to the agent, wherein the polymer
coating layer completely covers the inner core.
[0419] Other approaches for ocular delivery include the use of
liposomes to target a compound of the present invention to the eye,
and preferably to retinal pigment epithelial cells and/or Bruch's
membrane. For example, the compound maybe complexed with liposomes
in the manner described above, and this compound/liposome complex
injected into patients with an ophthalmic condition, such as light
toxicity, using intravenous injection to direct the compound to the
desired ocular tissue or cell. Directly injecting the liposome
complex into the proximity of the retinal pigment epithelial cells
or Bruch's membrane can also provide for targeting of the complex
with some forms of ocular PCD. In a specific embodiment, the
compound is administered via intra-ocular sustained delivery (such
as VITRASERT or ENVISION. In a specific embodiment, the compound is
delivered by posterior subtenons injection. In another specific
embodiment, microemulsion particles containing the compositions of
the invention are delivered to ocular tissue to take up lipid from
Bruchs membrane, retinal pigment epithelial cells, or both.
[0420] Nanoparticles are a colloidal carrier system that has been
shown to improve the efficacy of the encapsulated drug by
prolonging the serum half-life. Polyalkylcyanoacrylates (PACAs)
nanoparticles are a polymer colloidal drug delivery system that is
in clinical development, as described by Stella et al, J. Pharm.
Sci., 2000. 89: p. 1452-1464; Brigger et al., Tnt. J. Pharm., 2001.
214: p. 37-42; Calvo et al., Pharm. Res., 2001. 18: p. 1157-1166;
and Li et al., Biol. Pharm. Bull., 2001. 24: p. 662-665.
Biodegradable poly (hydroxyl acids), such as the copolymers of poly
(lactic acid) (PLA) and poly (lactic-co-glycolide) (PLGA) are being
extensively used in biomedical applications and have received FDA
approval for certain clinical applications. In addition, PEG-PLGA
nanoparticles have many desirable carrier features including (i)
that the agent to be encapsulated comprises a reasonably high
weight fraction (loading) of the total carrier system; (ii) that
the amount of agent used in the first step of the encapsulation
process is incorporated into the final carrier (entrapment
efficiency) at a reasonably high level; (iii) that the carrier have
the ability to be freeze-dried and reconstituted in solution
without aggregation; (iv) that the carrier be biodegradable; (v)
that the carrier system be of small size; and (vi) that the carrier
enhance the particles persistence.
[0421] Nanoparticles are synthesized using virtually any
biodegradable shell known in the art. In one embodiment, a polymer,
such as poly (lactic-acid) (PLA) or poly (lactic-co-glycolic acid)
(PLGA) is used. Such polymers are biocompatible and biodegradable,
and are subject to modifications that desirably increase the
photochemical efficacy and circulation lifetime of the
nanoparticle. In one embodiment, the polymer is modified with a
terminal carboxylic acid group (COOH) that increases the negative
charge of the particle and thus limits the interaction with
negatively charge nucleic acid aptamers. Nanoparticles are also
modified with polyethylene glycol (PEG), which also increases the
half-life and stability of the particles in circulation.
Alternatively, the COOH group is converted to an
N-hydroxysuccinimide (NHS) ester for covalent conjugation to
amine-modified aptamers.
[0422] Biocompatible polymers useful in the composition and methods
of the invention include, but are not limited to, polyamides,
polycarbonates, polyalkylenes, polyalkylene glycols, polyalkylene
oxides, polyalkylene terephthalates, polyvinyl alcohols, polyvinyl
ethers, polyvinyl esters, polyvinyl halides,
poly(vinylpyrrolidone), polyglycolides, polysiloxanes,
polyurethanes and copolymers thereof, alkyl cellulose, hydroxyalkyl
celluloses, cellulose ethers, cellulose esters, nitro celluloses,
polymers of acrylic and methacrylic esters, methyl cellulose, ethyl
cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose,
hydroxybutyl methyl cellulose, cellulose acetate, cellulose
propionate, cellulose acetate butyrate, cellulose acetate
phthalate, carboxylethyl cellulose, cellulose triacetate, cellulose
sulfate sodium salt poly-methyl methacrylate), poly(ethyl
methacrylate), poly(butyl methacrylate), poly(isobutyl
methacrylate\poly(hexyl methacrylate), poly(isodecyl methacrylate),
poly(lauryl methacrylate), poly(phenyl methacrylate), poly(methyl
acrylate), poly(isopropyl acrylate), poly(isobutyl acrylate),
poly(octadecyl acrylate), polyethylene, polypropylene poly(ethylene
glycol), poly(ethylene oxide), poly(ethylene terephthalate),
poly(vinyl alcohols), polyvinyl acetate, polyvinyl chloride
polystyrene, poly(vinyl pyrrolidone), polyhyaluronic acids, casein,
gelatin, glutin, polyanhydrides, polyacrylic acid, alginate,
chitosan, poly(methyl methacrylates), poly(ethyl methacrylates),
poly(butyl methacrylate), poly(isobutyl methacrylate), poly(hexyl
methacrylate) poly(isodecyl methaerylate), poly(lauryl
methacrylate), poly(phenyl methacrylate), poly(methyl acrylate),
poly(isopropyl acrylatee), poly(isobutyl acrylate), poly(octadecyl
acrylate) and combinations of any of these, In one embodiment, the
nanoparticles of the invention include PEG-PLGA polymers.
[0423] Compositions of the invention may also be delivered
topically. For topical delivery, the compositions are provided in
any pharmaceutically acceptable excipient that is approved for
ocular delivery. Preferably, the composition is delivered in drop
form to the surface of the eye. For some application, the delivery
of the composition relies on the diffusion of the compounds through
the cornea to the interior of the eye.
[0424] Those of skill in the art will recognize that treatment
regimens for using the compounds of the present invention to treat
light toxicity or other opthalmic conditions (e.g., RP) can be
straightforwardly determined. This is not a question of
experimentation, but rather one of optimization, which is routinely
conducted in the medical arts. In vivo studies in nude mice often
provide a starting point from which to begin to optimize the dosage
and delivery regimes. The frequency of injection will initially be
once a week, as has been done in some mice studies. However, this
frequency might be optimally adjusted from one day to every two
weeks to monthly, depending upon the results obtained front the
initial clinical trials and the needs of a particular patient.
[0425] Human dosage amounts can initially be determined by
extrapolating from the amount of compound used in mice, as a
skilled artisan recognizes it is routine in the art to modify the
dosage for humans compared to animal models. For certain
embodiments it is envisioned that the dosage may vary from between
about 1 mg compound/Kg body weight to about 5000 mg compound/Kg
body weight; or from about 5 mg/Kg body weight to about 4000 mg/Kg
body weight or from about 10 mg/Kg body weight to about 3000 mg/Kg
body weight; or from about 50 mg/Kg body weight to about 2000 mg/Kg
body weight; or from about 100 mg/Kg body weight to about 1000
mg/Kg body weight; or from about 150 mg/Kg body weight to about 500
mg/Kg body weight. In other embodiments this dose maybe about 1, 5,
10, 25, 50, 75, 100, 150, 10 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500,
550, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800, 850, 900, 950, 1000, 1050, 1100,
1150, 1200, 1250, 1300, 1350, 1400, 1450, 1500, 1600, 1700, 1800,
1900, 2000, 2500, 3000, 3500, 4000, 4500, 5000 mg/Kg body weight.
in other embodiments, it is envisaged that lower does may be used,
such doses may be in the range of about 5 mg compound/Kg body to
about 20 mg compound/Kg body. In other embodiments the doses may be
about 8, 10, 12, 14, 16 15 or 18 mg/Kg body weight. Of course, this
dosage amount may be adjusted upward or downward, as is routinely
done in such treatment protocols, depending on the results of the
initial clinical trials and the needs of a particular patient.
[0426] Screening Assays
[0427] Useful compounds of the invention are compounds of the
formula (I) that reversibly bind to a native or mutated opsin
protein, such as in or near the 11-cis-retinal binding pocket. The
non bleachable or slowly bleachable pigment rhodopsins formed from
these small molecule opsin bindings will prevent light toxicity
related to, for example, the accumulation of visual cycle products
as well as apoptotic photocell death resulting from excessive
rhodopsin stimulation. Such binding will commonly inhibit, if not
prevent, binding of retinoids, especially 11-cis-retinal, to the
binding pocket and thereby reduce formation of visual cycle
products, such as all-trans-retinal. Any number of methods are
available for carrying out screening assays to identify such
compounds. In one approach, an opsin protein is contacted with a
candidate compound or test compound that is a non-retinoid in the
presence of 11-cis-retinal or retinoid analog and the rate or yield
of formation of chromophore is determined. If desired, the binding
of the non-retinoid to opsin is characterized. Preferably, the
non-retinoid binding to opsin is non-covalent and reversible. Thus,
inhibition of rhodopsin formation by a non-retinoid indicates
identification of a successful test compound. An increase in the
amount of rhodopsin is assayed, for example, by measuring the
protein's absorption at a characteristic wavelength (e.g., 498 nm
for rhodopsin) or by measuring an increase in the biological
activity of the protein using any standard method (e.g., enzymatic
activity association with a ligand). Useful compounds inhibit
binding of 11-cis-retinal (and formation of rhodopsin) by at least
about 10%, 15%, or 20%, or preferably by 25%, 50%, or 75%, or most
preferably by up to 90% or even 100%.
[0428] Alternatively, the efficacy of compounds useful in the
methods of the invention may be determined by exposure of a
mammalian eye to a high intensity light source prior to, during, or
following administration of a test compound, followed by
determination of the amount of visual cycle products (e.g.,
all-trans retinal, A2E, or lipofuscin) formed as a result of
exposure to the high intensity light source, wherein a compound of
the invention will have reduced the amount of visual cycle products
related to the exposure.
[0429] In sum, preferred test compounds identified by the screening
methods of the invention are non-retinoids, are selective for opsin
and bind in a reversible, non-covalent manner to opsin protein. In
addition, their administration to transgenic animals otherwise
producing increased lipofuscin results in a reduced rate of
production or a reduced accumulation of lipofuscin in the eye of
said animal. Compounds identified according to the methods of the
invention are useful for the treatment of light toxicity or other
ophthalmic condition in a subject, such as a human patient.
[0430] Compositions of the invention useful for the prevention of
light toxicity, as well as AMD and retinitis pigmentosa, can
optionally be combined with additional therapies as heretofore
described.
EXAMPLES
[0431] The following non-limiting examples further describe and
enable one of ordinary skill in the art to make use of the
invention.
Example 1
(S)-phenyl((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanol
Example 1a
(S)-3,7-dimethylocta-1,6-dienyl acetate
[0432] A 50 mL round-bottom-flask equipped with a condenser was
charged with acetic anhydride (6.1 mL, 64.8 mmol), potassium
acetate (0.51 g, 5.18 mmol) and triethylamine (4.5 mL, 32.4 mmol).
To the stirred mixture was (S)-3,7-dimethyloct-6-enal (5.0 g, 32.4
mmol) slowly. The reaction mixture was heated to 120.degree. C. for
7.5 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture
was poured into water (25 mL) and then extracted with toluene (10
mL). The organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium
carbonate (25 mL.times.2) and brine (25 mL). The material was
transferred to a 50 ml round-bottom-flask and the separate funnel
was washed with toluene (1 mL). The solution of the title compound
in toluene (11 ml) (15.7 g) was used directly for the next step.
Mass spectrum (ESI+ve) m/z 187 (M+H.sup.+).
Example 1b
(1R,6S)-2,2,6-trilmethylcyclohexanecarbaldehyde
[0433] A solution of crude product of Example 1a (6.36 g, 32.4
mmol) in toluene (11 mL) (15.7 g) was added 85% phosphoric acid (12
mL). The mixture was heated to 100.degree. C. for 4 hours. The
reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and toluene (12 mL)
along with water (24 mL) was added and the layers were separated.
The aqueous layer was extracted with toluene (12 mL.times.2). The
combined organic layers were washed with saturated aqueous sodium
bicarbonate (50 mL.times.2) and brine (50 mL.times.2).
Concentration and distillation under reduced pressure (b.p.
65-70.degree. C.) afforded the title compound as a 9:1 mixture of
epimers as a colorless oil (2.51 g, Yield: 50%). .sup.1H NMR (400
MHz, CDCl.sub.3) (Major) .delta. 9.63 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 2.03-1.91
(m, 1H), 1.83-1.75 (m, 1H), 1.64-1.60 (m, 1H), 1.54-1.48 (m, 1H),
1.40-1.35 (m, 1H), 1.24-1.14 (m, 1H), 1.02 (s, 3H), 0.97 (s, 3H),
0.95-0.84 (m, 2H), 0.81 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H) ppm.
[.alpha.].sub.D.sup.24=+5.20.degree. (c=1.00, dichloromethane).
Example 1
(S)-phenyl((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanol
[0434] To a solution of phenylmagnesium bromide (3.0 M in diethyl
ether) was added anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (5 mL). The mixture was
cooled to -78.degree. C. A solution of the product of Example 1b
(154 mg, 1.0 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (2 mL) was added
slowly at this temperature. The reaction was stirred at -78.degree.
C. for 1.5 hours. Saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (20 mL) was
added and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (15
mL.times.4). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (30
mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under
reduced pressure. Purification by silica gel column chromatography
(eluent: petroleum ether/ethyl acetate=400:1) gave the title
compound as a colorless oil (124 mg, Yield: 53%). Mp=32-34.degree.
C.; R.sub.f 0.3 (25:1 petroleum ether/ethyl acetate);
[0435] .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.40 (d, J=2H),
7.33-7.30 (m, 2H), 7.18 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 5.12 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H),
1.88-1.78 (m, 1H), 1.72 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 1.64-1.59 (m, 1H),
1.51-1.43 (m, 4H), 1.32-1.25 (m, 1H), 1.15 (s, 3H), 1.07 (s, 3H),
1.00-0.88 (m, 1H), 0.59 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H) ppm; Mass spectrum
(APCI+ve) m/z 215 (M-H.sub.2O+H.sup.+);
[.alpha.].sub.D.sup.25=+320.0.degree. (c=0.22,
dichloromethane).
Example 2
phenyl((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanone
[0436] To a solution of the product of Example 1 (70 mg, 0.30 mmol)
in dichloromethane (2 mL) cooled to 0.degree. C. was added
Dess-Martin periodinane (230 mg, 0.54 mmol) in one portion. The
reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour.
Dichloromethane (30 mL) was added and the mixture was washed with
saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (30 mL.times.3), brine (30
mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under
reduced pressure. Purification of the residue by column silica gel
chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether/ethyl acetate=400:1) gave a
colorless oil that was further purified by preparative thin layer
chromatography (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate=80:1) to give the
title compound as a colorless oil (41 mg, Yield: 59%). R.sub.f=0.6
(25:1 petroleum ether/ethyl acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3+H.sub.2O) .delta. 7.97-7.94 (m, 2H), 7.54 (t, J=8.0 Hz,
1H), 7.47-7.43 (m, 2H), 3.03 (d, J=10.8 Hz, 1H), 2.14-2.02 (m, 1H),
1.81-1.77 (m, 1H), 1.64-1.55 (m, 2H), 1.44-1.41 (m, 1H), 1.34-1.25
(m, 1H), 1.07-1.01 (m, 1H), 0.99 (s, 3H), 0.77 (s, 3H), 0.75 (d,
J=6.4 Hz, 3H) ppm; Mass spectrum (ESI+ve) m/z 231 (M+H.sup.+);
[.alpha.].sub.D.sup.15=-2.87.degree. (c=0.216,
dichloromethane).
Example 3
(R)-phenyl((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanol
[0437] To a stirred solution of the product of Example 2 (24 mg,
0.104 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (3 mL) cooled to 0.degree. C.
under argon was added lithium aluminum hydride (16 mg, 0.416 mmol).
The resulting mixture was stirred at 0.degree. C. for 3 hours. The
reaction was quenched with ethyl acetate (5 mL) and then water (20
mL). The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (15 mL.times.3).
The combined organics were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous
sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure.
Purification of the residue by flash column chromatography (eluent:
petroleum ether/ethyl acetate=25:1) gave the title compound as
colorless oil (9.3 mg, yield: 39%). R, =0.4 (10:1 petroleum
ether/ethyl acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta.
7.41 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.31 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 7.20 (t, J=7.6 Hz,
1H), 5.27 (br, 1H), 1.92-1.85 (m, 1H), 1.77-1.73 (m, 1H), 1.67 (d,
J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 1.50-1.39 (m, 3H), 1.25-1.17 (m, 1H), 1.13-1.10 (m,
2H), 1.07 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H), 1.04 (s, 3H), 0.38 (s, 3H) ppm; Mass
spectrum (ESI+ve) m/z 255 (M+Na.sup.+);
[.alpha.].sub.D.sup.18=-35.5.degree. (c=0.186,
dichloromethane).
Example 4
(S)-p-tolyl((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanol
[0438] To a solution of p-tolylmagnesium (6.42 mL, 6.42 mmol) in
anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (2 mL) at -78.degree. C. under nitrogen
was added dropwise the product of Example 1b (220.0 mg, 1.43 mmol).
The solution was stirred at -78.degree. C. for 1 hour. The mixture
was quenched by the addition of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride
(10 mL). The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and the
organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and then
concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by
column silica gel chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether/ethyl
acetate 70:1->50:1) to afford the title compound as a white
solid (110 mg, Yield: 31%). Mp=78-79.degree. C.; R.sub.f=0.4 (10:1
petroleum ether/ethyl acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3)
.delta. 7.31 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.15 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 5.11 (d,
J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 1.85-1.81 (m, 1H), 1.71 (d, J=5.6 Hz,
1H), 1.65-1.61 (m, 2H), 1.53-1.48 (m, 4H), 1.35-1.28 (m, 1H), 1.16
(s, 3H), 1.09 (s, 3H), 0.6 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H) ppm; Mass spectrum
(ESI+ve) m/z 269 (M+Na.sup.+); [.alpha.].sub.D.sup.25=+6.67.degree.
(c=0.36, dichloromethane).
Example 5
p-tolyl((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanone
[0439] To a solution of the product of Example 4 (50.0 mg, 0.2
mmol) in dichloromethane (1.0 mL) at 0.degree. C. was added sodium
bicarbonate (17.1 mg, 0.2 mmol) and Dess-Martin periodinane (172.1
mg, 0.41 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 0.degree. C. for 1 hour
then stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. To the reaction
mixture was added aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate (10 mL) and
then the mixture extracted with dichloromethane. The organic phase
was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and
concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by
column silica gel chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether/ethyl
acetate 80:1->50:1) to afford the title compound as a yellow oil
(40 mg, Yield: 82%). R.sub.f=0.5 (20:1 petroleum ether/ethyl
acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.89 (d, J=8.0
Hz, 2H), 7.26 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 3.00-3.03 (d, J=11.2 Hz, 1H), 2.42
(s, 3H), 2.10-2.05 (m, 1H), 1.82-1.77 (m, 1H), 1.62-1.55 (m, 2H),
1.45-1.41 (m, 1H), 1.35-1.27 (m, 1H), 1.08-0.97 (m, 1H), 1.00 (s,
3H), 0.79 (s, 3H), 0.75 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H) ppm; Mass spectrum
(ESI+ve) m/z 245 (M+H.sup.+); [.alpha.].sub.D.sup.25=-4.62.degree.
(c=0.52, dichloromethane).
Example 6
(S)-(3-chloro-4-methylphenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanol
[0440] To a solution of 3-chloro-4-methylphenylmagnesium bromide
(12.84 mL, 6.42 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (3.0 mL) at
-78.degree. C. under nitrogen was added dropwise a solution of the
product of Example 1b (220.0 mg, 1.43 mmol) in anhydrous
tetrahydrofuran (4.0 mL). The solution was stirred at -78.degree.
C. for 1 h. The mixture was quenched by the addition of saturated
aqueous ammonium chloride (10 mL). The reaction mixture was
extracted with ethyl acetate and the organic phase was dried over
anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure.
The residue was purified by column silica gel chromatography
(eluent: petroleum ether/ethyl acetate 70:1->50:1) to afford the
title compound as a yellow oil (250 mg, Yield: 62%). R.sub.f=0.4
(10:1 petroleum ether/ethyl acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.39 (s, 1H), 7.21-7.16 (m, 2H), 5.07 (d, J=5.2
Hz, 1H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 1.88-1.79 (m, 1H), 1.73 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H),
1.69-1.62 (m, 1H), 1.56-1.42 (m, 3H), 1.40 (d, J=10.8 Hz, 1H),
1.34-1.25 (m, 1H), 1.16 (s, 3H), 1.08 (s, 3H), 1.03-0.89 (m, 1H),
0.62 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H) ppm; Mass spectrum (APCI+ve) m/z 263
(M-H.sub.2O+H.sup.+); [.alpha.].sub.D.sup.25=8.42.degree. (c=0.19,
dichloromethane)
Example 7
(3-chloro-4-methylphenyl)(1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanone
[0441] To a solution of the product of Example 6 (50.0 mg, 0.18
mmol) in dichloromethane (1.0 mL) at 0.degree. C. was added sodium
bicarbonate (15.12 mg, 0.18 mmol) and Dess-Martin periodinane (151
mg, 0.36 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 0.degree. C. for 1 hour
and then stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction
mixture was quenched by the addition of aqueous sodium bicarbonate
(10 mL). The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane and the
organic phase was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered,
and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified
by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether/ethyl
acetate 80:1->50:1) to afford the title compound as a white
solid (35.0 mg, Yield: 70%). Mp=59-60.degree. C.; R.sub.f=0.5 (20:1
petroleum ether/ethyl acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3)
.delta. 7.94 (d, J=1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (dd, J=8.4, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.32
(d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H) 2.95 (d, J=10.8 Hz, 1H), 2.44 (s, 3H), 2.09-2.06
(m, 1H), 1.82-1.78 (m, 1H), 1.60-1.55 (m, 2H), 1.46-1.42 (m, 1H),
1.36-1.26 (m, 1H), 1.05-1.00 (m, 1H), 0.99 (s, 3H), 0.79 (s, 3H),
0.75 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H) ppm; Mass spectrum (ESI+ve) m/z 229
(M+H.sup.+); [.alpha.].sub.D.sup.25=-3.50.degree. (C=0.40,
dichloromethane).
Example 8
(R)-(3-chloro-4-methylphenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanol
[0442] To a mixture of lithium aluminum hydride (18.7 mg, 0.49
mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (2 mL) at 0.degree. C. was added
dropwise a solution of the product of Example 7 (34.3 mg, 0.12
mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (3 mL). The reaction was stirred at
0.degree. C. for 2 hours. The reaction was quenched by the addition
of water (0.1 mL), aqueous sodium hydroxide (0.1 mL), then water
(0.3 mL). The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic
phase was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and
concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by
silica gel column chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether/ethyl
acetate 70:1->60:1) to afford the title compound as a colorless
oil (24 mg, Yield: 71.23%). R.sub.f=0.4 (10:1 petroleum ether/ethyl
acetate). .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.39 (s, 1H),
7.18 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.20 (s, 1H), 2.34
(s, 3H), 1.86-1.85 (m, 1H), 1.77-1.73 (m, 1H), 1.67 (s, 1H),
1.57-1.08 (m, 6H), 1.09 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 3H), 1.05 (s, 3H), 0.41 (s,
3H) ppm; Mass spectrum (EI+ve) m/z 280 (M.sup.+);
[.alpha.].sub.D.sup.25=+34.5.degree. (c=0.29, dichloromethane).
Example 9
(S)-(3-chlorophenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanol
[0443] To a solution of 3-bromochlorobenzene (310.4 mg, 1.62 mmol)
in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (2 mL) at -78.degree. C. under
nitrogen was added dropwise n-butyl lithium (0.66 mL, 1.6 M in
tetrahydrofuran). The reaction was stirred at -78.degree. C. for 1
hour followed by the product of Example 1b being added (250.0 mg,
1.62 mmol) and stirring continued for an additional 2 hours. The
reaction was quenched by the addition of saturated aqueous ammonium
chloride (15 mL) and the mixture was extracted with
dichloromethane. dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and
concentrated under reduced pressure.
[0444] The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography
(eluent: petroleum ether/ethyl acetate 70:1->60:1) to afford the
title compound as a colorless oil (130.5 mg, Yield: 30%).
R.sub.f=0.4 (10:1 petroleum ether/ethyl acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400
MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.41 (s, 1H), 7.29 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.24
(d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 5.14 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H),
1.89-1.79 (m, 2H), 1.66-1.61 (m, 1H), 1.53-1.45 (m, 2H), 1.41 (d,
J=10.8 Hz, 1H), 1.34-1.31 (m, 1H), 1.16 (s, 3H), 1.08 (s, 3H),
1.02-0.92 (m, 1H), 0.60 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H) ppm; .sup.13C NMR (400
MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 149.212, 132.980, 128.142, 124.919,
124.116, 122.012, 69.464, 58.649, 41.543, 35.937, 33.427, 31.008,
28.083, 21.366, 21.114, 20.762 ppm; Mass spectrum (EI+ve) m/z 266
(M.sup.+); [.alpha.].sub.D.sup.25=+9.44.degree. (c=0.36,
dichloromethane).
Example 10
(3-chlorophenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanone
[0445] To a solution of the product of Example 9 (50.0 mg, 0.19
mmol) in dichloromethane (1.0 mL) at 0.degree. C. was added sodium
bicarbonate (15.9 mg, 0.19 mmol) and Dess-Martin periodinane (160.1
mg, 0.38 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 0.degree. C. for 1 hour,
warmed to room temperature stirred for an additional 2 hours. To
the reaction mixture was then added aqueous sodium bicarbonate (10
mL) and then the reaction mixture was extracted with
dichloromethane. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous
magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced
pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column
chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether/ethyl acetate
80:1->50:1) to afford the title product as a colorless oil (36.5
mg, Yield: 72%). R.sub.f=0.5 (20:1 petroleum ether/ethyl acetate);
.sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.92 (s, 1H), 7.82-7.83
(d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.50-7.52 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.38-7.42 (t, J=8.0
Hz, 1H), 2.94-2.97 (d, J=11.2 Hz, 1H), 2.05-2.08 (m, 1H), 1.77-1.81
(dd, J=13.2, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 1.54-1.60 (m, 3H), 0.98-1.03 (m, 2H),
0.97 (s, 3H), 0.65-0.72 (m, 6H) ppm; Mass spectrum (EI+ve) m/z
264.8 (M.sup.+); [.alpha.].sub.D.sup.25=-1.25.degree. (c=0.32,
dichloromethane).
Example 11
(R)-(3-chlorophenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)
methanol
[0446] To a mixture of lithium aluminum hydride (45.3 mg, 1.19
mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (4 mL) at 0.degree. C. was added
dropwise a solution of the product of Example 10 (79 mg, 0.3 mmol)
in tetrahydrofuran (6 mL). The reaction was stirred at 0.degree. C.
for 2 hours. The reaction was quenched by the addition of water
(0.2 mL), aqueous sodium hydroxide (0.2 mL) and then water (0.6
mL). The reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and the
organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered,
and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue
was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: petroleum
ether/ethyl acetate 70:1->60:1) to afford the title compound as
a white solid (54 mg, Yield: 68%). Mp=58-60.degree. C.; R.sub.f=0.4
(10:1 petroleum ether/ethyl acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.44 (s, 1H), 7.31 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (d,
J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 5.26 (s, 1H), 1.94-1.86 (m,
1H), 1.79-1.76 (m, 1H), 1.73 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 1.49-1.38 (m, 3H),
1.24-1.09 (m, 3H), 1.08 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 3H), 1.07 (s, 3H), 0.40 (s,
3H) ppm; Mass spectrum (ESI+ve) m/z 289 (M+Na.sup.+);
[.alpha.].sub.D.sup.2'=+32.0.degree. (c=0.10, dichloromethane).
Example 12
(S)-(4-fluorophenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)
methanol
[0447] To a solution of 4-fluorophenylmagnesium bromide (8.04 mL,
6.44 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (2.0 mL) at -78.degree. C.
under nitrogen was added dropwise a solution of the product of
Example 1b (220.0 mg, 1.43 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (4.0
mL). The solution was stirred at -78.degree. C. for 1 hour. The
mixture was quenched by the addition of saturated aqueous ammonium
chloride (10 mL) at 0.degree. C. The solution was extracted with
ethyl acetate, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and then
concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by
silica gel column chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether/ethyl
acetate 70:1->60:1) to give the title compound as a white solid
(130 mg, yield 33%). Mp=55-57.degree. C.; R.sub.f=0.4 (10:1
petroleum ether/ethyl acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3)
.delta. 7.34-7.29 (m, 2H), 6.92 (t, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 5.01 (d, J=5.6
Hz, 1H), 1.82-1.73 (m, 1H), 1.68 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 1.62-1.52 (m,
1H), 1.50-1.20 (m, 4H), 1.18 (s, 3H), 1.09 (s, 3H), 0.84-1.32 (m,
2H), 0.6 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H) ppm. .sup.13C NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3)
.delta. 162.4, 159.9, 143.5, 143.5, 126.3, 114.7, 114.5, 70.5,
59.7, 42.6, 37.0, 34.4, 32.0, 29.1, 22.4, 22.2, 21.7 ppm; Mass
spectrum (EI+ve) m/z 265 (M.sup.+);
[.alpha.].sub.D.sup.25=+7.37.degree. (C=0.38, dichloromethane).
Example 13
(4-fluorophenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanone
[0448] To a solution of the product of Example 12 (60.0 mg, 0.24
mmol) in dichloromethane (1.0 mL) at 0.degree. C. was added sodium
bicarbonate (20.1 mg, 0.24 mmol) and Dess-Martin periodinane (203.2
mg, 0.48 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 0.degree. C. for 1 hour,
then warmed to room temperature and stirred for an additional 2
hours. The reaction was quenched by the addition of aqueous sodium
bicarbonate (10 mL). The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane
and the organic layer dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate,
filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was
purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: petroleum
ether/ethyl acetate 80:1->50:1) to afford the title compound as
a colorless oil (60.0 mg, Yield: 100%). R.sub.f=0.5 (20:1 petroleum
ether/ethyl acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta.
7.99 (dd, J=8.4, 5.2 Hz, 2H), 7.12 (dd, J=8.8, 7.6 Hz, 2H), 2.97
(d, J=10.8 Hz, 1H), 2.09-2.02 (m, 1H), 1.82-1.77 (m, 1H), 1.57-1.54
(m, 2H), 1.46-1.42 (m, 1H), 1.33-1.25 (m, 1H), 1.06-0.95 (m, 1H),
0.98 (s, 3H), 0.6-0.89 (m, 6H) ppm; Mass spectrum (ESI+ve) m/z 249
(M+H.sup.+); [.alpha.].sub.D.sup.2s=25-4.80.degree. (c=0.50,
dichloromethane).
Example 14
(R)-(4-fluorophenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)
methanol
[0449] To a mixture of lithium aluminum hydride (33.0 mg, 0.87
mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (2 mL) 0.degree. C. was added dropwise the
product of Example 13 (54.0 mg, 0.22 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (3
mL). The reaction was stirred at 0.degree. C. for 2 hours. The
reaction was quenched by the addition of water (0.1 mL), aqueous
sodium hydroxide (0.1 mL), then water (0.3 mL). The mixture was
extracted with ethyl acetate and the organic layer was dried over
anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under
reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column
chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether/ethyl acetate
70:1->60:1) to afford the title compound as a colorless oil (37
mg, Yield: 67%). R.sub.f=0.4 (10:1 petroleum ether/ethyl acetate);
.sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.37 (dd, J=8.4, 5.6 Hz,
2H), 7.0 (t, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 5.25 (s, 1H), 1.88-1.83 (m, 1H),
1.77-1.73 (m, 1H), 1.69 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 1H), 1.57-1.08 (m, 6H), 1.06
(d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H), 1.02 (s, 3H), 0.38 (s, 3H) ppm; Mass spectrum
(EI+ve) m/z 250 (M.sup.+); [.alpha.].sub.D.sup.25=+26.0.degree.
(c=0.47, dichloromethane).
Example 15
(S)-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanol
[0450] 4-Bromobenzotrifluoride (2.18 g, 9.70 mmol) was dissolved in
anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) and was added to a stirred
mixture of Mg (232.8 mg, 9.70 mmol) and iodine (5 mg) in anhydrous
tetrahydrofuran (2 mL) at 40.degree. C. under nitrogen was slowly
added an anhydrous solution (10 mL) of 4-bromobenzotrifluoride
(2.18 g, 9.70 mmol). Once the addition was complete, the reaction
was refluxed for 1 hour. The reaction solution was cooled to
-78.degree. C. and then the product of Example 1b (300 mg, 1.94
mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (2 mL) was added. The reaction was stirred
at -78.degree. C. for 2 hours. The reaction was quenched by the
addition of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (20 mL). After
warming to room temperature the mixture was extracted with ethyl
acetate. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate
and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was
purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: petroleum
ether/ethyl acetate 80:1->50:1) to afford the title compound as
a white solid (270 mg, Yield: 46%). Mp=63-66.degree. C.;
R.sub.f=0.4 (10:1 petroleum ether/ethyl acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400
MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.58 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.54 (d, J=8.0 Hz,
2H), 5.16 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 1.89-1.83 (m, 1H), 1.81 (d, J=5.2 Hz,
1H), 1.64 (d, J=13.2 Hz, 1H), 1.50-1.43 (m, 4H), 1.35-1.28 (m, 1H),
1.18 (s, 3H), 1.10 (s, 3H), 1.02-0.92 (m, 1H), 0.58 (d, J=6.0 Hz,
3H) ppm; Mass spectrum (ESI+ve) m/z 283 (M-H.sub.2O+H.sup.+);
[.alpha.].sub.D.sup.25=+7.74.degree. (c=0.31, dichloromethane).
Example 16
(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)
methanone
[0451] To a solution of the product of Example 15 (217 mg, 0.72
mmol) in dichloromethane (3 mL) at 0.degree. C. was added sodium
bicarbonate (60.8 mg, 0.72 mmol) and Dess-Martin periodinane (613.3
mg, 1.45 mmol). The mixture was warmed to room temperature and
stirred for 2 hours. To the reaction mixture was added aqueous
sodium bicarbonate (20 mL) and then the mixture was extracted with
dichloromethane and the organic layer was dried over anhydrous
magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced
pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column
chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether/ethyl acetate 60:1) to
afford the title compound as waxy solid (160 mg, Yield: 74%).
Mp=16-20.degree. C. R.sub.f=0.4 (10:1 petroleum ether/ethyl
acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 8.05 (d, J=8.0
Hz, 2H), 7.72 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 3.02 (d, J=11.2 Hz, 1H), 2.15-2.04
(m, 1H), 1.80 (d, J=13.6 Hz, 1H), 1.61-1.55 (m, 2H), 1.46-1.43 (m,
1H), 1.34-1.27 (m, 1H), 1.08-1.00 (m, 1H), 0.98 (s, 3H), 0.76 (s,
3H), 0.75 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 3H) ppm; Mass spectrum (ESI+ve) m/z 299
(M+H+); [.alpha.].sub.D.sup.25=+1.00.degree. (c=0.20,
dichloromethane).
Example 17
(R)-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanol
[0452] To a mixture of lithium aluminum hydride (50.9 mg, 1.34
mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (4 mL) at 0.degree. C. was added
dropwise the product of Example 16 (100 mg, 0.34 mmol) in anhydrous
tetrahydrofuran (6 mL). The reaction was warmed to room temperature
stirred 1.5 hours. The reaction was quenched by the addition of
water (0.1 mL), aqueous sodium hydroxide (0.1 mL) and water (0.3
mL). The reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and the
organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered,
and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel
column chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether/ethyl acetate 60:1)
to afford the title compound as a white solid (78 mg, Yield: 76%).
Mp=76-79.degree. C.; R.sub.f=0.4 (10:1 petroleum ether/ethyl
acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.56 (d, J=8.4
Hz, 2H), 7.53 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 5.31 (s, 1H), 1.94-1.84 (m, 1H),
1.79-1.76 (m, 2H), 1.48-1.41 (m, 3H), 1.24-1.11 (m, 3H), 1.08 (d,
J=6.0 Hz, 3H), 1.05 (s, 3H), 0.33 (s, 3H) ppm; Mass spectrum
(EI+ve) m/z 300 (M.sup.+); [.alpha.].sub.D.sup.25=+17.1 (c=0.21,
dichloromethane).
Example 18
1-fluoro-4-(((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methyl)benzene
[0453] To a solution of the product of Example 12 (70 mg, 0.28
mmol) in trifluoroacetic acid (0.30 mL) at 0.degree. C. was added
triethylsilane (71.6 mg, 0.62 mmol). The mixture was warmed to room
temperature and stirred at room for 30 minutes. The reaction was
treated with aqueous sodium bicarbonate (5 mL), then the mixture
was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was
washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium
sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The
residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent:
petroleum ether) and subsequently by Prep-HPLC to afford the title
compound as a colorless oil (35 mg, Yield: 53%). R.sub.f=0.7
(petroleum ether); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.16
(dd, J=7.2, 6.0 Hz, 2H), 6.93 (dd, J=8.8, 8.4 Hz, 2H), 2.80 (d,
J=15.2 Hz, 1H), 2.32 (dd, J=15.6, 6.8 Hz, 1H), 1.60 (d, J=13.6 Hz,
1H), 1.49-1.39 (m, 4H), 1.26-1.14 (m, 2H), 0.98-0.91 (m, 1H), 0.96
(s, 3H), 0.87 (s, 3H), 0.72 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H) ppm; Mass spectrum
(EI+ve) m/z 234 (M.sup.+); [.alpha.].sub.D.sup.25=+4.21.degree.
(c=0.19, dichloromethane).
Example 19
(S)-(3,4-difluorophenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)
methanol
[0454] To a mixture of iodine (5 mg), magnesium (0.26 g, 11 mmol)
tetrahydrofuran (5 mL) at room temperature was added
4-bromo-1,2-difluorobenzene (1.93 g, 10 mmol) dropwise. The
reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes and
then warmed to reflux for 2 hours. The reaction was cooled to
-78.degree. C. and the product of Example 1b (300 mg, 1.95 mmol)
was added. The reaction was stirred at -78.degree. C. for 2 hours.
The reaction mixture was quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium
chloride (5 mL). The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (30
mL.times.3) and the organic phase was washed with water (20 mL),
brine (20 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After
concentration in vacuo, the residue was purified by silica gel
chromatography to give the title compound as white solid (40 mg,
Yield: 8%). Mp=43.3-45.8.degree. C.; R.sub.f=0.5 (10:1 petroleum
ether/ethyl acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta.
7.26-7.21 (m, 1H), 7.11-7.08 (m, 2H), 5.04 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H),
1.82-1.74 (m, 1H), 1.75 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 1.64-1.60 (m, 1H),
1.50-1.44 (m, 3H), 1.36-1.25 (m, 2H), 1.12 (s, 3H), 1.05 (s, 3H),
0.96-0.94 (m, 1H), 0.57 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H) ppm; Mass spectrum
(ESI+ve) m/z 251 (M-H.sub.2O+H.sup.+);
[.alpha.].sub.D.sup.25=+5.56.degree. (c=0.18, dichloromethane).
Example 20
(3,4-difluorophenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)
methanone
[0455] To a solution of the product of Example (18 mg, 0.067 mmol)
in dichloromethane (10 mL) 0.degree. C. was added sodium
bicarbonate (6 mg, 0.067 mmol) and Dess-Martin periodinane (57 mg,
0.134 mmol). The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature
and stirred overnight. The reaction was quenched with 5%
hydrochloric acid (5 mL) and then extracted with dichloromethane
(20 mL.times.3). The combined organic phase was washed with
saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried
over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced
pressure. The residue was purified by preparative thin layer
chromatography to afford the title compound as a colorless oil (11
mg, Yield: 62%). R.sub.f=0.7 (10:1 petroleum ether/ethyl acetate);
.sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3+D.sub.2O) .delta. 7.82-7.73 (m,
2H), 7.25-7.22 (m, 1H), 2.91 (d, J=11.2 Hz, 1H), 2.08-2.01 (m, 1H),
1.81-1.77 (m, 1H), 1.57-1.54 (m, 2H), 1.44 (d, J=12.8 Hz, 1H),
1.32-1.28 (m, 1H), 1.02-0.95 (m, 4H), 0.77 (s, 3H), 0.73 (d, J=6.4
Hz, 3H) ppm; Mass spectrum (ESI+ve) m/z 267.6 (M+H.sup.+);
[.alpha.].sub.D2=-3.33.degree. (c=0.12, dichloromethane).
Example 21
(S)-furan-2-yl((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanol
[0456] To a solution of furan (198.6 mg, 2.92 mmol) in anhydrous
tetrahydrofuran (12 mL) under an argon atmosphere at -78.degree. C.
was added dropwise n-butyl lithium (1.83 mL, 1.6 M). Then to the
reaction solution was added a solution of the product of Example 1
b (300 mg, 1.94 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (2 mL). The reaction was
stirred at -78.degree. C. for 2 hours, warmed to room temperature
and stirred for an additional 1 hour. The reaction was quenched by
the addition of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (20 mL) and the
reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic
layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and then concentrated
under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel
column chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether/ethyl acetate
60/1->40/1) to afford the title compound as a colorless oil (210
mg, Yield: 48%). R.sub.f=0.4 (10:1 petroleum ether/ethyl acetate);
.sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.34 (s, 1H), 6.33 (s,
1H), 6.17 (s, 1H), 5.07 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 1.89 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 1H),
1.86-1.77 (m, 1H), 1.66 (d, J=13.6 Hz, 1H), 1.53-1.38 (m, 4H),
1.30-1.22 (m, 1H), 1.06-0.95 (m, 1H), 1.03 (s, 3H), 1.01 (s, 3H),
0.74 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H) ppm; Mass spectrum (ESI+ve) m/z 205
(M-H.sub.2O+H.sup.+); [.alpha.].sub.D.sup.25=+0.87.degree. (c=0.23,
dichloromethane).
Example 22
furan-2-yl((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanone
[0457] To a solution of the product of Example 21 (120 mg, 0.54
mmol) in dichloromethane (2 mL) at 0.degree. C. was added sodium
bicarbonate (45.3 mg, 0.54 mmol) and Dess-Martin periodinane (457.7
mg, 1.08 mmol). The mixture warmed to room temperature and stirred
for 2.5 hours. To the reaction mixture was added Saturated aqueous
sodium bicarbonate (20 mL) was added to the reaction and then the
mixture was extracted with dichloromethane. The organic phase was
dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and then
concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by
silica gel column chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether/ethyl
acetate 60/1) and then purified by Prep-HPLC to afford the title
compound as white solid (36 mg, Yield: 30%). Mp=81-84.degree. C.;
R.sub.f=0.5 (10:1 petroleum ether/ethyl acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400
MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.58 (s, 1H), 7.17 (d, J=3.6 Hz, 1H), 6.52
(t, J=3.2 Hz, 1H), 2.75 (d, J=11.2 Hz, 1H), 2.07-2.02 (m, 1H), 1.77
(d, J=13.2 Hz, 1H), 1.59-1.53 (m, 2H), 1.44-1.40 (m, 1H), 1.32-1.25
(m, 1H), 1.04-0.93 (m, 1H), 1.00 (s, 3H), 0.85 (s, 3H), 0.76 (d,
J=6.0 Hz, 3H) ppm; Mass spectrum (ESI+ve) m/z 221 (M+H.sup.+);
[.alpha.].sub.D.sup.25=-25.7.degree. (c=0.21, dichloromethane).
Example 23
(R)-furan-2-yl((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanol
[0458] To a mixture of lithium aluminum hydride (20.7 mg, 0.54
mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (1.5 mL) at 0.degree. C. was
added dropwise at 0.degree. C. solution of the product of Example
22 (100 mg, 0.40 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (2.5 mL). The
reaction was stirred at 0.degree. C. for 1 hour after which time
additional lithium aluminum hydride (10 mg, 0.26 mmol) was added.
The reaction was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 1 hour.
The reaction was quenched by the addition of water (0.1 mL),
aqueous sodium hydroxide (0.1 mL) and then additional water (0.3
mL). The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic
phase was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, and
then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel
column chromatography (eluent: 1 petroleum ether/ethyl acetate
70/1->50/1) to give the title compound the as colorless oil (4.5
mg, Yield: 14%). R.sub.f=0.4 (10:1 petroleum ether/ethyl acetate);
.sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.36 (s, 1H), 6.34 (s,
1H), 6.27 (s, 1H), 5.17-5.16 (m, 1H), 1.82-1.78 (m, 2H), 1.69 (d,
J=13.6 Hz, 1H), 1.44-1.39 (m, 2H), 1.25-1.23 (m, 3H), 1.10 (d,
J=6.4 Hz, 3H), 1.06-0.98 (m, 1H), 0.82 (s, 3H), 0.81 (s, 3H) ppm;
Mass spectrum (ESI+ve) m/z 205 (M-H.sub.2O+H.sup.+);
[.alpha.].sub.D.sup.25=+37.3.degree. (c=0.15, dichloromethane).
Example 24
(S)-thiophen-3-yl((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanol
[0459] To a solution of 3-bromothiophene (476 mg, 2.92 mmol) in dry
hexane (5 mL) under nitrogen at -40.degree. C. was added dropwise
n-butyl lithium. Anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (0.5 mL) was transferred
into the flask stirred 2 hours. Anhydrous hexane (1.5 mL) was added
and then the reaction solution was cooled to -78.degree. C. and
then the product of Example 1b (300 mg, 1.94 mmol) was added
slowly. The reaction was stirred at -78.degree. C. for 2 hours and
then at room temperature overnight. The mixture was quenched by the
addition of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (20 mL). The
reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and the organic
phase dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and then concentrated
under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel
column chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether/ethyl acetate
60/1->40/1) to afford the title compound as a light yellow oil
(270 mg, Yield: 58%). R.sub.f=0.4 (10:1 petroleum ether/ethyl
acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.26 (s, 1H),
7.10 (s, 1H), 7.00 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 5.11 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H),
1.86-1.78 (m, 2H), 1.64 (d, J=12.8 Hz, 1H), 1.50-1.38 (m, 4H),
1.29-1.22 (m, 1H), 1.08 (s, 3H), 1.03 (s, 3H), 1.03-0.94 (m, 1H),
0.66 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H)) ppm; Mass spectrum (ESI+ve) m/z 221
(M-H.sub.2O+H.sup.+); [.alpha.].sub.D.sup.25=+15.8.degree. (c=0.24,
dichloromethane).
Example 25
thiophen-3-yl((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanone
[0460] To a solution of the product of Example 23 (170 mg, 0.71
mmol) in dichloromethane (3.5 mL) at 0.degree. C. was added sodium
bicarbonate (60.0 mg, 0.71 mmol) and Dess-Martin periodinane (605.7
mg, 1.43 mmol). The mixture was stirred warmed to room temperature
and stirred for 2 hours. Saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (20
mL) was added to the reaction mixture and then it was extracted
with dichloromethane. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous
sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue
was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: petroleum
ether/ethyl acetate 80/1->60/1) then purified by preparative
thin layer chromatography to afford the title compound along with
thiophen-2-yl((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanone as white
solid in a ratio of about 11 to 1 (100 mg, Yield: 60%).
Mp=119-121.degree. C.; R.sub.f=0.5 (10:1 petroleum ether/ethyl
acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 8.03 (s, 1H),
7.57 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.30-7.29 (m, 1H), 2.75 (d, J=10.8 Hz, 1H),
2.09-2.02 (m, 1H), 1.78 (d, J=12.8 Hz, 1H), 1.60-1.54 (m, 2H),
1.44-1.41 (m, 1H), 1.32-1.24 (m, 1H), 1.04-0.95 (m, 1H), 1.00 (s,
3H), 0.83 (s, 3H), 0.75 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H)) ppm; Mass spectrum
(ESI+ve) m/z 237 (M+H.sup.+); [.alpha.].sub.D.sup.25=-14.0.degree.
(c=0.28, dichloromethane).
Example 26
(R)-thiophen-3-yl((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanol
[0461] To a mixture of lithium aluminum hydride (38.6 mg, 1.02
mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (3 mL) at 0.degree. C. was added
dropwise a 0.degree. C. solution of the product of Example 24 (60
mg, 0.25 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (5 mL). The reaction
was stirred at 0.degree. C. for 2 hours. The reaction was quenched
by the addition of water (0.1 mL), aqueous sodium hydroxide (0.1
mL) and water (0.3 mL). The mixture was extracted with ethyl
acetate. The combined organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium
sulfate and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue
was purified by silica gel column chromatography over silica gel
(eluent: petroleum ether/ethyl acetate 70/1->50/1) and then
further by Prep-HPLC to afford the title compound as a colorless
oil (30 mg, Yield: 50%). R.sub.f=0.4 (10:1 petroleum ether/ethyl
acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) .delta. 7.26 (s, 1H), 7.19
(s, 1H), 7.03 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 5.28 (s, 1H), 1.88-1.78 (m, 1H),
1.73-1.71 (m, 2H), 1.45-1.43 (m, 2H), 1.35 (d, J=10.4 Hz, 1H),
1.27-1.20 (m, 2H), 1.11-1.04 (m, 1H), 1.05 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 3H), 0.96
(s, 3H), 0.63 (s, 3H) ppm; Mass spectrum (ESI+ve) m/z 221
(M-H.sub.2O+H.sup.+); [.alpha.].sub.D.sup.25=+46.4.degree. (c=0.28,
dichloromethane).
Example 27
2-chloro-1-methyl-4-(((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methyl)benzene
[0462] To a solution of the product of Example 6 (80 mg, 0.28 mmol)
in trifluoroacetic acid (0.30 mL) at 0.degree. C. was added
triethylsilane (72.9 mg, 0.63 mmol). The mixture was then stirred
at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction was quenched with
saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (10 mL) and then extracted
with ethyl acetate. The combined organic phase was washed with
brine and then dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and
then under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel
column chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether) and then further
purified by Prep-HPLC to afford the title compound as a white solid
(49 mg, Yield: 66%). R.sub.f=0.7 (10:1 petroleum ether); .sup.1H
NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.19 (s, 1H), 7.08 (d, J=7.6 Hz,
1H), 7.00 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 2.78 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H), 2.32 (s, 3H),
2.32-2.25 (m, 1H), 1.60 (d, J=13.2 Hz, 1H), 1.47-1.39 (m, 4H),
1.27-1.15 (m, 2H), 0.96 (s, 3H), 0.96-0.90 (m, 1H), 0.86 (s, 3H),
0.73 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 3H) ppm; [.alpha.].sub.D.sup.25=+5.71 (c=0.35,
dichloromethane).
Example 28
(S)-(4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methano-
l
[0463] 1-bromo-4-(trifluromethoxy)benzene (1.95 g, 8.10 mmol) was
dissolved in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (8 mL). To a stirred mixture
of magnesium (194.4 mg, 8.10 mmol) and iodine (5 mg) in anhydrous
tetrahydrofuran (2 mL) under nitrogen was added the solution of
1-bromo-4-(trifluromethoxy)benzene (2 mL) under N.sub.2 at
0.degree. C. and then the solution was warmed to 40.degree. C. and
the remainder of the 1-bromo-4-(trifluromethoxy)benzene solution (6
mL) was added dropwise. The reaction was heated to reflux for 1
hour and then cooled to -78.degree. C. prior to the addition of the
product of Example 1b (250 mg, 1.62 mmol). The reaction was stirred
at this temperature for 2 hours. The mixture was quenched by the
addition of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (20 mL) at
0.degree. C. The solution was warmed to room temperature and then
extracted with ethyl acetate, dried over sodium sulfate and
concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel
column chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether/ethyl acetate
80/1->60/1) to afford the title compound as a white solid (190
mg, Yield: 39%). Mp=29-33.degree. C.; R.sub.f=0.4 (10:1 petroleum
ether/ethyl acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta.
7.42 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.15 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 5.10 (d, J=5.2 Hz,
1H), 1.87-1.80 (m, 1H), 1.77 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 1.62 (d, J=13.2 Hz,
1H), 1.50-1.38 (m, 4H), 1.31-1.23 (m, 1H), 1.14 (s, 3H), 1.06 (s,
3H), 1.00-0.89 (m, 1H), 0.58 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H) ppm; Mass spectrum
(EI+ve) m/z 316 (M.sup.+); [.alpha.].sub.D.sup.25=-1.00.degree.
(c=0.20, dichloromethane).
Example 29
(4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)
methanone
[0464] To a solution of the product of Example 28 (160 mg, 0.50
mmol) in dichloromethane (3.0 mL) at 0.degree. C. was added sodium
bicarbonate (42.5 mg, 0.50 mmol) and Dess-Martin periodinane (428.9
mg, 1.01 mmol). The mixture was warmed to room temperature and
stirred for 2 hours. To the reaction mixture was added saturated
aqueous sodium bicarbonate (15 mL) and the organics extracted with
dichloromethane. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous
magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced
pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column
chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether/ethyl acetate
80/1->60/1) then further purified by preparative thin layer
chromatography to afford the title compound as a colorless oil (125
mg, Yield: 79%). R.sub.f=0.5 (10:1 petroleum ether/ethyl acetate);
.sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 8.02 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H),
7.28 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 2.99 (d, J=10.8 Hz, 1H), 2.10-2.03 (m, 1H),
1.80 (d, J=12.8 Hz, 1H), 1.61-1.55 (m, 2H), 1.46-1.42 (m, 1H),
1.34-1.26 (m, 1H), 1.04-0.98 (m, 1H), 0.98 (s, 3H), 0.78 (s, 3H),
0.75 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H) ppm; Mass spectrum (ESI+ve) m/z 315
(M+H.sup.+); [.alpha.].sub.D.sup.25=-12.9.degree. (c=0.20,
dichloromethane).
Example 30
(R)-(4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methano-
l
[0465] To a mixture of lithium aluminum hydride (48.2 mg, 1.27
mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (4 mL) at 0.degree. C. was added
dropwise a solution of the product of Example 29 (100 mg, 0.32
mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (6 mL). The reaction was stirred
at 0.degree. C. for 1.5 hours. The reaction was quenched by the
addition of water (0.1 mL), aqueous sodium hydroxide (0.1 mL) and
additional water (0.3 mL). The reaction mixture was extracted with
ethyl acetate. The organic layers were collected, dried over
anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure.
The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography
(eluent: petroleum ether/ethyl acetate 70/1->50/1) to give the
title compound as a colorless oil (55 mg, Yield: 54%). R.sub.f=0.4
(10:1 petroleum ether/ethyl acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.43 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.16 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H),
5.26 (s, 1H), 1.91-1.83 (m, 1H), 1.77-1.75 (m, 2H), 1.50-1.36 (m,
3H), 1.26-1.10 (m, 3H), 1.06 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 3H), 1.03 (s, 3H), 0.36
(s, 3H) ppm; Mass spectrum (ESI+ve) m/z 299 (M-H.sub.2O+H.sup.+);
[.alpha.].sub.D.sup.25=-1.82.degree. (c=0.44, dichloromethane).
Example 31
(S)-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)
methanol
[0466] The mixture of iodine (5 mg) and magnesium (0.26 g, 11 mmol)
anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (5 mL) was dropwise added
5-bromo-1,2,3-trifluorobenzene (2.11 g, 10 mmol) in anhydrous
tetrahydrofuran (5 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred at room
temperature for 5 minutes and then heated to reflux for 2 hours, at
which time the magnesium was consumed. To this solution of
(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)magnesium bromide cooled to -78.degree. C.
the product of Example 1b (300 mg, 1.95 mmol) was added and the
reaction was stirred at -78.degree. C. for 2 hours. The reaction
mixture was quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (5
mL) and then it was extracted whit ethyl acetate (30 mL.times.3),
washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous
sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure.
[0467] The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography
to afford the title compound as a white solid (300 mg, Yield: 54%).
.sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.02 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H),
4.99 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 1.81-1.76 (m, 2H), 1.65-1.61 (m, 1H),
1.49-1.44 (m, 3H), 1.32-1.25 (m, 2H), 1.11 (s, 3H), 1.04 (s, 3H),
0.96-0.93 (m, 1H), 0.57 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H) ppm; Mass spectrum
(ESI+ve) m/z 269 (M-H.sub.2O+H.sup.+);
[.alpha.].sub.D.sup.25=+8.24.degree. (c=0.68, dichloromethane).
Example 32
(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)
methanone
[0468] The solution of the product of Example 31 (240 mg, 0.84
mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL) at 0.degree. C. was added sodium
bicarbonate (71 mg, 0.84 mmol) and Dess-Martin periodinane (712 mg,
1.68 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature
over night. The reaction mixture was quenched with 5% hydrochloric
acid (5 mL) and then the organics were extracted with ethyl acetate
(20 mL.times.3). The organic phase was washed with saturated
aqueous sodium bicarbonate (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over
anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure.
The residue was purified by preparative thin layer chromatography
and then further purified by Prep-HPLC to afford the title compound
as a white solid (100 mg, Yield: 42%). Mp=56.7.degree. C.;
R.sub.f=0.7 (10:1 petroleum ether/ethyl acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400
MHz, CDCl.sub.3+D.sub.2O) .delta. 7.61 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.84 (d,
J=11.2 Hz, 1H), 2.07-2.03 (m, 1H), 1.82-1.77 (m, 1H), 1.59-1.55 (m,
2H), 1.44 (d, J=12.8 Hz, 1H), 1.33-1.28 (m, 1H), 1.02-0.98 (m, 1H),
0.96 (s, 3H), 0.78 (s, 6H), 0.73 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 3H) ppm; Mass
spectrum (ESI+ve) m/z 285 (M+H.sup.+);
[.alpha.].sub.D.sup.25=-7.69.degree. (c=0.13, dichloromethane).
Example 33
(R)-(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)
methanol
[0469] To a mixture of the product of Example 32 (52 mg, 0.18 mmol)
in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) at 0.degree. C. was added lithium
aluminum hydride (21 mg, 0.55 mmol). The mixture was stirred at
0.degree. C. for 3 hours and then the reaction was quenched with
water. The reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (20
mL.times.3) and the organic phase was washed with brine (20 mL),
dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and then concentrated under
reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel
chromatography to give the title compound as waxy solid (29 mg,
Yield: 56%). R.sub.f=0.4 (10:1 petroleum ether/ethyl acetate);
.sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.05 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 2H),
5.18 (s, 1H), 1.90-1.79 (m, 2H), 1.75 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 1.50-1.45
(m, 2H), 1.32 (d, J=11.2 Hz, 1H), 1.25-1.09 (m, 3H), 1.06 (s, 3H),
1.04 (s, 3H), 0.40 (s, 3H) ppm; Mass spectrum (EI+ve) m/z 286
(M.sup.+); [.alpha.].sub.D25=+28.5.degree. (c=0.40,
dichloromethane).
Example 34
(R)-cyclohexyl((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanol
[0470] To a stirred solution of cyclohexylmagnesium bromide (1 M in
tetrahydrofuran) (4.9 mL, 4.88 mmol) cooled to -78.degree. C. was
slowly added a solution of the product of Example 1b (300 mg, 1.95
mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (10 mL). The reaction was
stirred at -78.degree. C. for 3 hours and then allowed to warm to
room temperature and stirred for an additional 1 hour. Saturated
aqueous ammonium chloride (30 mL) was added to quench the reaction
and then water (20 mL). The reaction mixture was extracted with
ethyl acetate (50 mL.times.3) and the combined organic phase was
washed with brine (50 mL.times.2), dried over anhydrous sodium
sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification of
the residue by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: petroleum
ether/ethyl acetate 250/1->100/1) gave the title compound as a
colorless oil (243 mg, Yield: 52%). R.sub.f=0.7 (10:1 petroleum
ether/ethyl acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta.
3.42 (dd, J=10.0, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 2.10 (d, J=12.8 Hz, 1H), 1.80-1.60
(m, 6H), 1.54-1.34 (m, 4H), 1.25-1.11 (m, 5H), 1.07-0.94 (m, 2H),
0.98 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 3H), 0.89 (s, 3H), 0.83 (s, 3H), 0.89-0.72 (m,
2H) ppm; .sup.13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 75.5, 52.7,
44.1, 42.6, 37.2, 34.1, 31.6, 30.7, 29.9, 29.1, 26.5, 26.2, 26.1,
23.0, 22.4, 21.1 ppm; Mass spectrum (ESI+ve) m/z 261 (M+Na.sup.+);
[.alpha.].sub.D.sup.25=+4.07.degree. (c=1.08, dichloromethane).
Example 35
cyclohexyl((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanone
[0471] To a stirred solution of the product of Example 26 (150 mg,
0.63 mmol) in dichloromethane (4 ml) cooled to 0.degree. C. was
added Dess-Martin periodinane (535 mg, 1.26 mmol). The reaction was
warmed to room temperature stirred for 3 hours. Saturated aqueous
sodium bicarbonate (30 mL) was added to quench the reaction. The
mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (30 ml.times.3) and the
combined organic phase was washed with brine (100 mL), dried over
anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure.
Purification of the residue by silica gel column chromatography
(eluent: petroleum ether/ethyl acetate 250/1) afforded the title
compound as a colorless oil (120 mg, Yield: 81%). R.sub.f=0.7 (20:1
petroleum ether/ethyl acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3)
.delta. 2.36 (t, J=11.6 Hz, 1H), 2.19 (d, J=11.2 Hz, 1H), 1.95 (d,
J=12.8 Hz, 1H), 1.90-1.80 (m, 3H), 1.73-1.68 (m, 3H), 1.52-1.42 (m,
3H), 1.40-1.33 (m, 1H), 1.31-1.16 (m, 4H), 1.07-0.98 (m, 1H), 0.95
(s, 3H), 0.91-0.84 (m, 1H), 0.86 (s, 3H), 0.71 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H)
ppm; .sup.13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 217.9, 64.9, 53.8,
42.1, 35.0, 34.3, 32.1, 30.2, 29.0, 26.6, 26.4, 25.9, 25.5, 21.8,
21.5, 20.9 ppm; Mass spectrum (ESI+ve) m/z 237 (M+H.sup.+);
[.alpha.].sub.D.sup.25=-90.0.degree. (c=0.90, dichloromethane).
Example 36
(R)-(3,4-difluorophenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)
methanol
[0472] To a mixture of the product of Example 20 (52 mg, 0.2 mmol)
in tetrahydrofuran (6 mL) at 0.degree. C. was added lithium
aluminum hydride (23 mg, 0.6 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at
0.degree. C. for 3 hours. The reaction was quenched with water and
then the organics extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL.times.3). The
organic phase was washed with brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous
sodium sulfate and then concentrated under reduced pressure.
[0473] The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to
afford the title compound as a wax (10 mg, yield: 19%). R.sub.f=0.4
(10:1 petroleum ether/ethyl acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.37-7.26 (m, 1H), 5.22 (s, 1H), 1.90-1.74 (m,
2H), 1.71 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 1H), 1.50-1.44 (m, 2H), 1.37-1.32 (m, 1H),
1.23-1.08 (m, 3H), 1.06 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 3H), 1.03 (s, 3H), 0.38 (s,
3H) ppm; Mass spectrum (EI+ve) m/z 268 (M.sup.+);
[.alpha.].sub.D.sup.25=+43.3.degree. (c=0.12, dichloromethane).
Example 37
(S)-furan-3-yl((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanol
[0474] To a solution of 3-bromofuran (429.2 mg, 2.92 mmol) in
anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (13 mL) under nitrogen at -78.degree. C.
was added n-butyl lithium (1.83 mL, 1.6 M). The reaction was
stirred at -78.degree. C. for 2 hours and then the product of
Example 1b (300 mg, 1.94 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred
at -78.degree. C. for 2 hours. The reaction was quenched by the
addition of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (20 mL) and the
organics were extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was
dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and then concentrated under
reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column
chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether/ethyl acetate
60/1->40/1) to afford the title compound as a light yellow oil
(175 mg, Yield: 40%). R.sub.f=0.4 (10:1 petroleum ether/ethyl
acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.37 (s, 1H),
7.30 (s, 1H), 6.31 (s, 1H), 5.03 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 1.84-1.77 (m,
1H), 1.67-1.65 (m, 2H), 1.49-1.39 (m, 3H), 1.28-1.20 (m, 2H),
1.05-0.97 (m, 7H), 0.77 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 3H) ppm; Mass spectrum
(ESI+ve) m/z 205 (M-H.sub.2O+H.sup.+);
[.alpha.].sub.D25=+1.33.degree. (c=0.30, dichloromethane).
Example 38
furan-3-yl((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanone
[0475] To a solution of the product of Example 37 (155 mg, 0.70
mmol) in dichloromethane (3.5 mL) at 0.degree. C. was added sodium
bicarbonate (58.8 mg, 0.70 mmol) and Dess-Martin periodinane (591.2
mg, 1.39 mmol). The mixture was warmed to room temperature and
stirred for 2 hours. Saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (20 mL)
was added to the reaction mixture and then the organics were
extracted with dichloromethane. The organic phase was dried over
anhydrous sodium sulfate and then concentrated under reduced
pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography over
silica gel (eluent: petroleum ether/ethyl acetate 70/1->60/1) to
afford the title compound as a white solid (90 mg, Yield: 58%).
Mp=114-116.degree. C.; R.sub.f=0.5 (10:1 petroleum ether/ethyl
acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 8.01 (s, 1H),
7.42 (s, 1H), 6.78 (s, 1H), 2.41 (d, J=10.8 Hz, 1H), 2.07-1.99 (m,
1H), 1.76 (d, J=13.2 Hz, 1H), 1.59-1.53 (m, 2H), 1.44-1.40 (m, 1H),
1.28-1.21 (m, 1H), 1.01-0.92 (m, 1H), 0.99 (s, 3H), 0.86 (s, 3H),
0.75 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H) ppm; Mass spectrum (ESI+ve) m/z 237
(M+H.sup.+); [.alpha.].sub.D.sup.25=-24.0.degree. (c=0.20,
dichloromethane).
Example 39
(R)-furan-3-yl((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanol
[0476] To a mixture of lithium aluminum hydride (48.2 mg, 1.27
mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (4 mL) at 0.degree. C. was added
dropwise a solution of the product of Example 38 (70 mg, 0.32 mmol)
in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (6 mL). The reaction was stirred at
0.degree. C. for 2 hours. The reaction was quenched by the addition
of water (0.1 mL), aqueous sodium hydroxide (0.1 mL) and water (0.3
mL). The reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The
organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and then
concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by
silica gel column chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether/ethyl
acetate 70/1->50/1) to afford the title compound as a colorless
oil (49 mg, Yield: 69%). R.sub.f=0.5 (10:1 petroleum ether/ethyl
acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.39-7.37 (m,
2H), 6.41 (s, 1H), 5.13 (s, 1H), 1.75-1.68 (m, 2H), 1.57 (s, 1H),
1.47-1.40 (m, 2H), 1.32-1.24 (m, 3H), 1.06-1.01 (m, 4H), 0.96 (s,
3H), 0.85 (s, 3H) ppm; Mass spectrum (ESI+ve) m/z 223 (M+H.sup.+);
[.alpha.].sub.D.sup.25=+8.31.degree. (c=0.14, dichloromethane).
Example 40
(S)-(perfluorophenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)
methanol
[0477] To a mixture of iodine (5 mg) and magnesium (0.26 g, 11
mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (5 mL) was added
1-bromo-2,3,4,5,6-pentafluorobenzene (2.47 g, 10 mmol) dropwise.
The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes and then
refluxed for 2 hours. To the in situ generated solution of
(perfluorophenyl)magnesium bromide cooled to -78.degree. C. was
added the product of Example 1b (300 mg, 1.95 mmol). The reaction
was stirred at -78.degree. C. for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was
quenched by the addition of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (5
mL) and then the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (30
mL.times.3) and the combined organic phase was washed with water
(20 mL) and brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and
concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by
silica gel column chromatography to afford the title compound as
semi solid (50 mg, Yield: 8%). .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) .delta.
5.49 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 2.11-2.08 (m, 1H), 1.94-1.86 (m, 1H),
1.71-1.67 (m, 1H), 1.49-1.45 (m, 2H), 1.37-1.25 (m, 4H), 1.11 (s,
3H), 1.04 (s, 3H), 0.85 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H).
Example 41
(perfluorophenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl) methanone
[0478] The solution of the product of Example 40 (50 mg, 0.16 mmol)
in dichloromethane (4 mL) at 0.degree. C. was added sodium
bicarbonate (13.4 mg, 0.16 mmol) and Dess-Martin periodinane (132
mg, 0.31 mmol). The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature
and stirred overnight. The reaction was quenched by the addition of
5% hydrochloric acid (5 mL) and then the organics were extracted
with ethyl acetate (20 mL.times.3) and the organic phase was washed
with saturated sodium bicarbonate (20 mL) and brine (20 mL), dried
over anhydrous sodium sulfate and then concentrated under reduced
pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column
chromatography to afford the title compound as a yellow solid (22.8
mg, Yield: 45%). Mp=35.2-38.degree. C.; R.sub.f=0.6 (10:1 petroleum
ether/ethyl acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3+D.sub.2O)
.delta. 2.68 (d, J=11.2 Hz, 1H), 2.13-2.09 (m, 1H), 1.78 (dd, J=2.4
Hz 13.2 Hz, 1H), 1.55-1.50 (m, 2H), 1.39 (d, J=12.8 Hz, 1H),
1.31-1.24 (m, 1H), 1.06-0.98 (m, 1H), 0.94 (s, 3H), 0.89 (d, J=6.4
Hz, 3H), 0.86 (s, 3H) ppm; Mass spectrum (EI+ve) m/z 320 (M.sup.+);
[.alpha.].sub.D.sup.25=-88.0.degree. (c=0.20, dichloromethane).
Example 42
4-((S)-hydroxy((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methyl)
benzonitrile
[0479] To a solution of 4-bromobenzonitrile (708.0 mg, 3.89 mmol)
in dry tetrahydrofuran (15 mL) at -78.degree. C. under argon was
added n-butyl lithium (2.43 mL, 3.89 mmol) slowly. After stirring
at -78.degree. C. for 30 minutes, the product of Example 1b (300
mg, 1.94 mmol) was slowly added. The reaction was stirred at
-78.degree. C. for 2.5 hours. The mixture was quenched by the
addition of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (20 mL). After
warming to room temperature, the solution was extracted with ethyl
acetate and the organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium
sulfate and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue
was purified by column silica gel chromatography (eluent: petroleum
ether/:ethyl acetate 50/1->20/1) to afford the title compound as
a yellow solid (260 mg, Yield: 52%). Mp=124-127.degree. C.;
R.sub.f=0.2 (10:1) petroleum ether/:ethyl acetate); .sup.1H NMR
(400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.61-7.59 (m, 2H), 7.53 (d, J=7.6 Hz,
2H), 5.12 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 1.87-1.82 (m, 2H), 1.80-1.60 (m, 1H),
1.48-1.45 (m, 3H), 1.39 (d, J=10.8 Hz, 1H), 1.31-1.26 (m, 1H), 1.16
(s, 3H), 1.07 (s, 3H), 0.99-0.88 (m, 1H), 0.53 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H)
ppm; Mass spectrum (ESI+ve) m/z 258 (M+H.sup.+);
[.alpha.].sub.D25=+6.84.degree. (c=0.38, dichloromethane).
Example 43
2-fluoro-4-((S)-hydroxy((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)
methyl)benzonitrile
[0480] To a solution of 4-bromo-2-fluorobenzonitrile (505.5 mg,
2.53 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (7 mL) under argon at room
temperature was added isopropylmagnesium chloride (1.27 mL, 2.53
mmol). After stirring for 40 minutes, the reaction was cooled to
-78.degree. C. and a solution of the product of Example 1b (300 mg,
1.94 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (2 mL) was slowly added. The
reaction was stirred at -78.degree. C. for 2 hours. The mixture was
quenched by the addition of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (20
mL). After warming to room temperature, the solution was extracted
with ethyl acetate and the organic phase was dried over anhydrous
sodium sulfate and then it was concentrated under reduced pressure.
The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography
(eluent: petroleum ether/:ethyl acetate 50/1->20/1) to afford
the title compound as a white solid (210 mg, Yield: 39%).
Mp=114-116.degree. C.; R.sub.f=0.2 (10:1) petroleum ether/:ethyl
acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.57-7.53 (m,
1H), 7.34-7.26 (m, 2H), 5.09 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 1.86-1.81 (m, 2H),
1.66-1.60 (m, 1H), 1.51-1.43 (m, 3H), 1.37 (d, J=11.2 Hz, 1H),
1.32-1.26 (m, 1H), 1.14 (s, 3H), 1.06 (s, 3H), 1.00-0.93 (m, 1 H),
0.54 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H) ppm; Mass spectrum (ESI+ve) m/z 276
(M+H.sup.+); [.alpha.].sub.D.sup.25=+4.23.degree. (c=0.52,
dichloromethane).
Example 44
4-((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexanecarbonyl)benzonitrile
[0481] To a solution of the product of Example 42 (190 mg, 0.74
mmol) in dichloromethane (4.5 mL) at 0.degree. C. was added
Dess-Martin periodinane (626.0 mg, 1.48 mmol). The mixture was
warmed to room temperature and stirred for 2 hours. The reaction
was quenched by the addition of saturated aqueous sodium
bicarbonate (20 mL) and then the mixture was extracted with
dichloromethane. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium
sulfate and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue
was purified by Prep-TLC to afford the title compound as colorless
oil (150 mg, Yield: 79%). R.sub.f=0.5 (10:1) petroleum ether/:ethyl
acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 8.03 (d, J,
=6.8 Hz, J.sub.2=2.0 Hz, 2H), 7.77-7.75 (m, 2H), 2.99 (d, J=10.8
Hz, 1H), 2.12-2.05 (m, 1H), 1.83-1.78 (m, 1H), 1.61-1.56 (m, 2H),
1.47-1.42 (m, 1H), 1.33-1.25 (m, 1H), 1.07-0.97 (m, 4H), 0.75 (s,
3H), 0.74 (s, 3H) ppm; Mass spectrum (ESI+ve) m/z 256 (M+H.sup.+);
[.alpha.].sub.D.sup.25=+12.5.degree. (c=0.41, dichloromethane).
Example 45
2-fluoro-4-((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexanecarbonyl)
benzonitrile
[0482] To a solution of the product of Example 43 (180 mg, 0.65
mmol) in dichloromethane (4 mL) at 0.degree. C. was added
Dess-Martin periodinane (554.3 mg, 1.31 mmol). The mixture was
warmed to room temperature and stirred for 2 hours. The reaction
was quenched by the addition of saturated aqueous sodium
bicarbonate (20 mL) and then the mixture was extracted with
dichloromethane. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium
sulfate and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue
was purified by Prep-TLC to afford the title compound as a white
solid (160 mg, Yield 90%). Mp=53-56.degree. C.; R.sub.f=0.5 (10:1)
petroleum ether/:ethyl acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3)
.delta. 7.82 (dd, J1=8.0 Hz, J2=1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.76-7.73 (m, 2H),
2.92 (d, J=11.2 Hz, 1H), 2.12-2.04 (m, 1H), 1.84-1.78 (m, 1H),
1.61-1.55 (m, 2H), 1.48-1.43 (m, 1H), 1.33-1.26 (m, 1H), 1.05-0.99
(m, 4H), 0.76 (s, 3H), 0.75 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H) ppm; Mass spectrum
(ESI+ve) m/z 274 (M+H.sup.+); [.alpha.].sub.D.sup.25=+10.0.degree.
(c=0.56, dichloromethane).
Example 46
(.+-.)-(S)-((R)-2,2-dimethylcyclohexyl)(4-fluorophenyl)methanol
Example 46a
ethyl
6,6-dimethyl-2-(trifluoromethylsulfonyloxy)cyclohex-1-enecarboxylate
[0483] To a stirred suspension of sodium hydride (2.08 g, 52 mmol)
in diethyl ether (120 mL) at -20.degree. C. was added ethyl
2,2-dimethyl-6-oxocyclohexanecarboxylate (5.2 g, 26 mmol)
[Helvetica Chimica Acta, 35, 1752-6; 1952]. The reaction mixture
was stirred for 30 minutes. After cooling to -30.degree. C.,
trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride (10 g, 35.44 mmol) was added
dropwise and the reaction was then warmed to room temperature
stirred for 60 minutes. Saturated aqueous ammonium chloride was
added to quench the reaction which was then extracted with diethyl
ether (50 mL.times.3). The combined organic phase was washed with
water (20 mL) and brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium
sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was
purified by column silica gel chromatography to afford the title
compound as colorless oil (6.4 g, Yield: 75% yield). R.sub.f=0.8
(10:1) petroleum ether/:ethyl acetate); Mass spectrum (ESI+ve) m/z
331 (M+H.sup.+).
Example 46b
ethyl 6,6-dimethylcyclohex-1-enecarboxylate
[0484] To a stirred mixture of the product of Example 46a (6.4 g,
20 mmol) and Tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (1.2 g, 1
mmol) in dimethylformamide (100 mL) at room temperature under argon
was added triethyl silane (5.9 g, 8.1 ml, 50 mmol). The reaction
mixture was stirred at 60.degree. C. for 2 hours and then cooled to
room temperature. Water was added to quench the reaction which was
then extracted with diethyl ether (50 mL.times.3) The combined
organic phase was washed with water (20 mL) and brine (20 mL),
dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced
pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column
chromatography to afford the title compound as a colorless oil (5.3
g). R.sub.f=0.7 (10:1) petroleum ether/:ethyl acetate); .sup.1H NMR
(400 MHz, CDCl3) .delta. 6.81 (t, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 4.17 (q, J=7.2 Hz,
2H), 2.16-2.12 (m, 2H), 1.64-1.60 (m, 2H), 1.50-1.47 (m, 2H), 1.29
(t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.22 (s, 6H) ppm.
Example 46c
ethyl 2,2-dimethylcyclohexanecarboxylate
[0485] To the product of Example 46b (5.3 g, 28 mmol) in methanol
(20 mL) was stirred at room temperature under an atmosphere of
hydrogen over night. The mixture was filtered then the filtrate was
concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by
column silica gel chromatography to afford the title compound as a
colorless oil (1.7 g, Yield: 32%). R.sub.f=0.6 (10:1) petroleum
ether/:ethyl acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta.
4.15-4.08 (m, 2H), 2.15 (dd, J=10.8, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 1.76-1.63 (m,
3H), 1.50-1.41 (m, 3H), 1.26 (t, J=3.6 Hz, 3H), 1.23-1.16 (m, 2H),
0.98 (s, 3H), 0.96 (s, 3H) ppm.
Example 46d
(2,2-dimethylcyclohexyl)methanol
[0486] To a stirred mixture of lithium aluminum hydride (416 mg, 11
mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (15 mL) at -30.degree. C. under argon
was added the product of Example 46c (1.0 g, 5.5 mmol) in
tetrahydrofuran (5 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at
-30.degree. C. for 2 hours before it was slowly warmed to room
temperature. Water was added to quench the reaction and then it was
extracted with diethyl ether (50 mL.times.3). The combined organic
phase was washed with water (20 mL) and brine (20 mL), dried over
anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure.
The residue was purified by column silica gel chromatography to
afford the title compound as colorless an oil (700 mg, Yield: 70%).
R.sub.f=0.5 (10:1) petroleum ether/:ethyl acetate);
[0487] .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 3.85-3.81 (m, 1H),
3.34-3.29 (m, 1H), 1.80-1.71 (m, 2H), 1.51-1.13 (m, 8H), 0.97 (s,
3H), 0.80 (s, 3H) ppm.
Example 46e
2,2-dimethylcyclohexanecarbaldehyde
[0488] To a stirred mixture of the product of Example 46d (700 mg,
5.0 mmol) and sodium bicarbonate (420 mg, 5.0 mmol) in
dichloromethane (10 mL) at 0.degree. C. under argon was added
Doss-Martin periodinane (3.14 g, 7.4 mmol). The reaction mixture
was stirred at 0.degree. C. for 2 hours and then slowly warmed to
room temperature. The mixture was concentrated under reduced
pressure and the residue purified by column silica gel
chromatography to give the title compound as a colorless oil (600
mg, Yield: 85% yield). R.sub.f=0.8 (10:1) petroleum ether/:ethyl
acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 9.81 (d, J=2.4
Hz, 1H), 2.10-2.05 (m, 1H), 1.50-1.24 (m, 8H), 1.13 (s, 3H), 0.99
(s, 3H) ppm.
Example 46
(S)-((R)-2,2-dimethylcyclohexyl)(4-fluorophenyl)methanol
[0489] To a solution of the product of Example 46e (200 mg, 1.43
mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (5 mL) at -78.degree. C. was added
(4-fluorophenyl)magnesium bromide (9.0 mL, 7.15 mmol, 0.8 M). The
reaction mixture was stirred for 2 hours and then slowly warmed to
room temperature. Saturated aqueous ammonium chloride was added to
quench the reaction and then it was extracted with ethyl acetate
(20 mL.times.3) the combined organic phase was washed with water
(20 mL) and brine (20 mL), dried over sodium sulfate and
concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by
column silica gel chromatography to afford the title compound as a
white solid (135 mg, Yield: 40%). Mp=105.2-108.5.degree. C.;
R.sub.f=0.6 (10:1) petroleum ether/:ethyl acetate); .sup.1H NMR
(400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.29-7.25 (m, 2H), 7.03-6.99 (m, 2H),
5.09 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 1.73-1.69 (m, 1H), 1.53 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 1H),
1.47-1.35 (m, 5H), 1.32-1.28 (m, 1H), 1.23-1.19 (m, 1H), 1.09 (s,
3H), 1.08 (s, 3H), 1.06-0.98 (m, 1H) ppm; Mass spectrum (EI+ve) m/z
236 (M).sup.+.
Example 47
(2,2-dlmethylcyclohexyl)(4-fluorophenyl)methanone
[0490] To a stirred mixture of the product of Example 46 (125 mg,
0.53 mmol) and sodium bicarbonate (45 mg, 0.53 mmol) in
dichloromethane (10 mL) at 0.degree. C. under argon was added
Dess-Martin periodinane (449 mg, 1.06 mmol). The reaction mixture
was stirred at 0.degree. C. for 2 hours before it was slowly warmed
to room temperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated under
reduced pressure and the residue purified by column silica gel
chromatography to give the title compound as a colorless oil (103
mg, Yield: 83%). R.sub.f=0.8 (10:1) petroleum ether/:ethyl
acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 8.00-7.95 (m,
2H), 7.14-7.09 (m, 2H), 3.24 (dd, J=11.2, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 1.83-1.74
(m, 2H), 1.60-1.49 (m, 4H), 1.35-1.28 (m, 2H), 1.02 (s, 3H), 0.86
(s, 3H) ppm; Mass spectrum (ESI+ve) m/z 235 (M+H.sup.+).
Example 48
(R)-((R)-2,2-dimethylcyclohexyl)(4-fluorophenyl)methanol
[0491] To a stirred mixture of the product of Example 47 (97 mg,
0.41 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) at -78.degree. C. under
argon was added lithium aluminum hydride (47 mg, 1.24 mmol). The
reaction mixture was stirred at -78.degree. C. for 2 hours and then
it was warmed to room temperature. Water was added to quench the
reaction, then it was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated
under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column silica
gel chromatography to afford the title compound as a colorless oil
(60 mg, Yield: 62%). R.sub.f=0.6 (10:1) petroleum ether/:ethyl
acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.28-7.24 (m,
2H), 7.03-6.99 (m, 2H), 4.58 (dd, J=8.0, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 1.64 (d,
J=3.2 Hz, 1H), 1.59-1.49 (m, 2H), 1.44-1.24 (m, 4H), 1.22 (s, 3H),
1.06-0.98 (m, 2H), 0.93 (s, 3H), 0.90-0.86 (m, 1H) ppm; Mass
spectrum (EI+ve) m/z 236 (M).sup.4.
Example 49
(S)-(4-methoxy-3-methylphenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanol
[0492] To a mixture of compound the product of Example 1b (150.0
mg, 0.972 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (5 mL) was added
(4-methoxy-3-methylphenyl)magnesium bromide (0.5 N, 3.9 mL, 1.95
mmol) at 0.degree. C. and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours.
Then, 20 mL of aqueous ammonium chloride was added and the reaction
mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (10 mL.times.3). The
organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium
sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was
purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: petroleum
ether/ethyl acetate=100:1) to afford the title compound as
colorless oil (140 mg, Yield: 50%). R.sub.f=0.4 (30:1) petroleum
ether/:ethyl acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta.
7.17 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (s, 1H), 6.77 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 5.04
(d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 2.22 (s, 3H), 1.86-1.77 (m, 1H),
1.66 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 1.63-1.58 (m, 1H), 1.50-1.36 (m, 4H),
1.31-1.25 (m, 1H), 1.13 (s, 3H), 1.05 (s, 3H), 0.96-0.93 (m, 1H),
0.63 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H) ppm; Mass spectrum (EI+ve) m/z 276
(M).sup.+; [.alpha.].sub.D.sup.26.2=+7.14.degree. (c=0.14,
dichloromethane).
Example 50
(4-methoxy-3-methylphenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)
methanone
[0493] To a solution of the product of Example 49 (60.0 mg, 0.217
mmol) in dichloromethane (5 mL) was added Dess-Martin periodinane
(165.7 mg, 0.391 mmol) at -30.degree. C. and the mixture was
stirred for 2 hours. Additional dichloromethane (10 ml) was added
and the organic phase was washed with saturated aqueous sodium
bicarbonate (10 mL.times.2), brine, dried over anhydrous sodium
sulfate and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue
was purified by prep-TLC (eluent: petroleum ether/ethyl
acetate=30:1) to afford the title compound as a colorless oil (49
mg, Yield: 82%). R.sub.f=0.6 (30:1) petroleum ether/:ethyl
acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.84 (dd, J=2.4
Hz, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (d, J=1.6 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H),
3.89 (s, 3H), 2.97 (d, J=10.8 Hz, 1H), 2.26 (s, 3H), 2.09-2.03 (m,
1H), 1.80-1.76 (m, 1H), 1.61-1.53 (m, 2H), 1.44-1.40 (m, 1H),
1.34-1.25 (m, 1H), 1.06-0.96 (m, 1H), 0.99 (s, 3H), 0.78 (s, 3H),
0.73 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H) ppm; Mass spectrum (ESI+ve) m/z 275
(M+H.sup.+); [.alpha.].sub.D.sup.25=-7.32.degree. (c=0.41,
dichloromethane).
Example 51
4-((S)-hydroxy((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methyl)-2-methylbenzonitr-
ile
[0494] To a solution of 4-bromo-2-methylbenzonitrile (494.4 mg,
2.52 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (6 mL) at -78.degree. C. was added
n-butyl lithium (1.6 mL, 2.52 mmol) and the mixture was stirred for
1 hour. Then the product of Example 1 b (300 mg, 1.94 mmol) in
tetrahydrofuran (2 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred at
-78.degree. C. for 1 hour. Aqueous saturated ammonium chloride (20
mL) was added to quench the reaction and then it was extracted with
ethyl acetate (10 mL.times.3). The combined organic phase was
washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and
concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by
silica gel column chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether/ethyl
acetate=50:1) to afford 150 mg of a white solid which was further
purified by prep-HPLC to afford the title compound as a white solid
(32 mg, Yield: 6%). Mp=111-113.degree. C.; R.sub.f=0.4 (30:1)
petroleum ether/:ethyl acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3)
.delta. 7.53 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (s, 1H), 7.32 (d, J=8.0 Hz,
1H), 5.08 (s, 1H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 1.86-1.77 (m, 1H), 1.68-1.57 (m,
2H), 1.52-1.47 (m, 3H), 1.39 (d, J=10.8 Hz, 1H), 1.31-1.25 (m, 1H),
1.15 (s, 3H), 1.06 (s, 3H), 0.96-0.93 (m, 1H), 0.54 (d, J=6.4 Hz,
3H) ppm; Mass spectrum (ESI+ve) m/z 272 (M+H.sup.+);
[.alpha.].sub.D.sup.26.2=+3.20.degree. (c=0.25,
dichloromethane).
Example 52
2-methyl-4-((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexanecarbonyl)
benzonitrile
[0495] To a stirred solution of the product of Example 51 (100.0
mg, 0.368 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL) at -10.degree. C. was
added Dess-Martin periodinane (281.3 mg, 0.663 mmol) at and the
mixture was stirred for 2 hours. Additional dichloromethane (20 mL)
was added and the organic phase was washed with saturated aqueous
sodium bicarbonate (10 mL.times.2) and brine, dried over anhydrous
sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue
was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: petroleum
ether/ethyl acetate=100:1) to afford 72 mg of a colorless oil which
was purified by prep-HPLC to afford the title compound as a
colorless oil (50 mg, Yield: 51%). R.sub.f=0.4 (10:1) petroleum
ether/:ethyl acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta.
7.85 (s, 1H), 7.82 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 2.97
(d, J=10.8 Hz, 1H), 2.63 (s, 3H), 2.09-2.04 (m, 1H), 1.83-1.79 (m,
1H), 1.60-1.56 (m, 2H), 1.46-1.42 (m, 1H), 1.33-1.26 (m, 1H),
1.07-0.96 (m, 1H), 0.97 (s, 3H), 0.75 (s, 3H), 0.75 (d, J=6.4 Hz,
3H) ppm; Mass spectrum (ESI+ve) m/z 270 (M+H.sup.+);
[.alpha.].sub.D.sup.27.5=+7.43.degree. (c=0.35,
dichloromethane).
Example 53
4-((R)-hydroxy((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methyl)
benzonitrile
[0496] To a mixture of lithium aluminum hydride (10.8 mg, 0.26
mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (1 mL) under Ar at -78.degree. C. was
added a solution of the product of Example 44 (45 mg, 0.18 mmol) in
dry tetrahydrofuran (1 mL). The reaction was stirred for 5 hours.
The reaction was quenched by the addition of the mixture of sodium
sulfate and water. The reaction mixture was filtered and the
volatile organics were evaporated under reduced pressure. The
residue was purified by prep-TLC (eluent: petroleum ether/ethyl
acetate=10:1) to give 36 mg of a yellow oil which was further
purified by prep-TLC (eluent: petroleum
ether/dichloromethane=1:1.times.3) to afford the title compound as
a white solid (18 mg, Yield: 39%). Mp=106-108.degree. C.;
R.sub.f=0.2 (10:1) petroleum ether/:ethyl acetate); .sup.1H NMR
(400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.62-7.60 (m, 2H), 7.55 (d, J=8.0 Hz,
2H), 5.32-5.30 (m, 1H), 1.91-1.88 (m, 1H), 1.81-1.76 (m, 2H),
1.51-1.40 (m, 3H), 1.25-1.10 (m, 3H), 1.08 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H), 1.05
(s, 3H), 0.29 (s, 3H) ppm; Mass spectrum (ESI+ve) m/z 240
(M-H.sub.2O+H.sup.+); [.alpha.].sub.D.sup.2=+8.13.degree. (c=0.32,
dichloromethane).
Example 54
2-fluoro-4-((S)-hydroxy((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)
methyl)benzonitrile
[0497] To a mixture of lithium aluminum hydride (6.0 mg, 0.16 mmol)
in dry tetrahydrofuran (1 mL) under argon at -78.degree. C. was
added a solution of the product of Example 45 (36 mg, 0.16 mmol) in
dry tetrahydrofuran (1.5 mL). The reaction was stirred for 2 hours
after which additional lithium aluminum hydride (6.0 mg) was added
and stirring was continued for an additional 3 hours. The reaction
was quenched by the addition of sodium sulfate and water. The
reaction was filtered and the organic volatiles were evaporated
under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by prep-TLC
(eluent: petroleum ether/dichloromethane=1:1.times.2) to afford the
title compound as a white solid (26 mg, Yield: 59%).
Mp=124-126.degree. C.; R.sub.f=0.2 (10:1) petroleum ether/:ethyl
acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.57-7.54 (m,
1H), 7.37-7.30 (m, 2H), 5.29-5.27 (m, 1H), 1.94-1.77 (m, 3H),
1.49-1.39 (m, 3H), 1.25-1.09 (m, 3H), 1.07 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H), 1.06
(s, 3H), 0.33 (s, 3H) ppm; Mass spectrum (ESI+ve) m/z 276
(M+H.sup.+); [.alpha.].sub.D.sup.26=+12.1.degree. (c=0.12,
dichloromethane).
Example 55
(S)-(3-fluoro-4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexy-
l)methanol
[0498] To a solution of
4-bromo-2-fluoro-1-(trifluoromethoxy)benzene (500 mg, 1.95 mmol) in
dry tetrahydrofuran (5 mL) at -78.degree. C. was added n-butyl
lithium (1.3 mL, 1.95 mmol) and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour.
Then, a solution of the product of Example 1b (200 mg, 1.29 mmol)
in dry tetrahydrofuran (2 mL) was added to the mixture and it was
stirred at -78.degree. C. for 1 hour. The reaction was quenched by
the addition of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (20 mL) and
then the organics were extracted with ethyl acetate (10
mL.times.3). The combined organic phase was washed with brine,
dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced
pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column
chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether/ethyl acetate=200:1) to
afford the title compound as a white solid (49 mg, Yield: 8%).
Mp=60.3-62.2.degree. C.; R.sub.f=0.3 (30:1) petroleum ether/:ethyl
acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.61-7.57 (m,
1H), 7.15-7.08 (m, 2H), 5.37 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 1.85-1.84 (m, 1H),
1.78 (m, 1H), 1.62-1.57 (m, 1H), 1.49-1.38 (m, 4H), 1.34-1.30 (m,
1H), 1.17 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 3H), 1.07 (s, 3H), 0.99-0.96 (m, 1H), 0.62
(d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H) ppm; [.alpha.].sub.D.sup.26.9=+37.7.degree.
(c=0.17, dichloromethane).
Example 56
(3-fluoro-4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)me-
thanone
[0499] To a solution of the product of Example 55 (130 mg, 0.38
mmol) in dichloromethane (5.0 mL) was added Dess-Martin periodinane
(329 mg, 0.77 mmol) at -20.degree. C. and the mixture was stirred
for 2 hours. The reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous
ammonium chloride (10 mL) and the organics were extracted with
ethyl acetate (5 mL.times.3). The combined the organic phase was
washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and
concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by
silica gel column chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether/ethyl
acetate=100:1) to afford the title compound as a light pink oil (35
mg, Yield: 28%). R.sub.f=0.6 (30:1) petroleum ether/:ethyl
acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.64-7.60 (m,
1H), 7.46-7.42 (m, 1H), 7.25-7.20 (m, 1H), 2.98 (d, J=10.8 Hz, 1H),
2.10-2.08 (m, 1H), 1.80-1.76 (m, 1H), 1.57-1.51 (m, 2H), 1.41-1.37
(m, 1H), 1.32-1.26 (m, 1H), 1.04-1.00 (m, 1H), 0.94 (s, 3H), 0.86
(d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H), 0.77 (s, 3H) ppm; Mass spectrum (ESI+ve) m/z 333
(M+H.sup.+); [.alpha.].sub.D.sup.27.8=-21.80 (c=0.22,
dichloromethane).
Example 57
(R)-(3-fluoro-4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexy-
l)methanol
[0500] To a solution of the product of Example 56 (22.0 mg, 0.066
mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (3 mL) at -78.degree. C. was added lithium
aluminum hydride (15 mg, 0.397 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at
-78.degree. C. for 7.0 hours after which wet sodium sulfate was
added along with dichloromethane (10 mL). The reaction mixture was
filtered, the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure. The
residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography to afford
the title compound as a colorless oil (18 mg, Yield: 81%);
R.sub.f=0.3 (30:1) petroleum ether/:ethyl acetate); .sup.1H NMR
(400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.66-7.62 (m, 1H), 7.19-7.13 (m, 2H),
5.50 (t, J=3.8 Hz 1H), 1.97-1.89 (m, 1H), 1.79 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H),
1.77-1.74 (m, 1H), 1.60-1.58 (m, 1H), 1.50-1.43 (m, 2H), 1.27-1.20
(m, 1H), 1.17-1.06 (m, 2H), 1.13 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H), 1.04 (s, 3H),
0.32 (s, 3H) ppm; Mass spectrum (ESI+ve) m/z 317
(M-H.sub.2O+H.sup.+); [.alpha.].sub.D.sup.25.9=+13.3.degree.
(c=0.15, dichloromethane).
Example 58
4-((R)-hydroxy((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methyl)-2-methylbenzonitr-
ile
[0501] To a solution of the product of Example 52 (35.0 mg, 0.13
mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (4 mL) at -78.degree. C. was added lithium
aluminum hydride (29.5 mg, 0.78 mmol) and the mixture was stirred
at -78.degree. C. for 7.0 hours. Wet sodium sulfate was added along
with dichloromethane (10 mL). The reaction mixture was filtered,
the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue
purified by prep-TLC to afford the title compound as a white solid
(18 mg, Yield: 51%) Mp=126.3-128.1.degree. C.; R.sub.f=0.4 (10:1)
petroleum ether/:ethyl acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3)
.delta. 7.53 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (s, 1H), 7.33 (d, J=8.0 Hz,
1H), 5.26 (s, 1H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 1.90-1.80 (m, 1H), 1.77-1.76 (m,
2H), 1.47-1.38 (m, 3H), 1.25-1.10 (m, 3H), 1.07 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H),
1.05 (s, 3H), 0.31 (s, 3H) ppm; Mass spectrum (ESI+ve) m/z 272
(M+H.sup.+); [.alpha.].sub.D.sup.26.3=+26.3.degree. (c=0.16,
dichloromethane).
Example 59
(R)-(4-fluorophenyl)((1R,6S)-1,2,2,6-tetramethylcyclohexyl)methanol
Example 59a
(S)-3,7-dimethyl-2-methyleneoct-6-enal
[0502] To a solution of (S)-3,7-dimethyloct-6-enal (3.0 g, 19.45
mmol) in isopropyl alcohol (20 mL) at room temperature. was added
37% aqueous formaldehyde (14.46 mL, 194.5 mmol), pyrrolidine (1.61
mL, 19.45 mmol) and propionic acid (1.45 mL, 19.45 mmol). The
mixture was warmed to 45.degree. C. and stirred for 2 hours. The
reaction was then cooled to 0.degree. C. and quenched with
saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (100 mL). The mixture was
extracted with dichloromethane and the combined organic phase was
washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and
concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by
silica gel column chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether/ethyl
acetate=160:1->110:1) to afford the title compound as a
colorless oil (3.2 g, Yield: 98%). R.sub.f=0.7 (10:1) petroleum
ether/:ethyl acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta.
9.53 (s, 1H), 6.22 (s, 1H), 5.98 (s, 1H), 5.09-5.05 (m, 1H),
2.73-2.67 (m, 1H), 1.94-1.90 (m, 2H), 1.67 (s, 3H), 1.57 (s, 3H),
1.54-1.48 (m, 1H), 1.42-1.37 (m, 1H), 1.06 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H)
ppm.
Example 59b
(3S)-2,3,7-trimethyloct-6-enal
[0503] A mixture of the product of Example 59a (2.4 g, 18.07 mmol)
and Pd/C (150 mg, 5%) in methanol (16 mL) was vigorously stirred
under a hydrogen atmosphere (58 psi) overnight at 40.degree. C. The
mixture was filtered and the solid washed with methanol and
dichloromethane. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure
and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography
(eluent: petroleum ether/ethyl acetate=200:1->150:1) to give the
title compound as a colorless oil which contained a mixture of
isomers (520 mg, Yield: 17%). R=0.7 (20:1) petroleum ether/:ethyl
acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) (Major) .delta. 9.67
(d, J=10.8 Hz, 1H), 5.10-5.06 (m, 1H), 2.36-2.27 (m, 1H), 2.07-1.89
(m, 2H), 1.69 (s, 3H), 1.60 (s, 3H), 1.57-1.50 (m, 1H), 1.39-1.17
(m, 2H), 1.04 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 0.99 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H) ppm.
Example 59c
(S)-2,3,7-trimethylocta-1,6-dienyl acetate
[0504] To a mixture of acetic anhydride (0.45 mL, 4.76 mmol),
potassium acetate (37.8 mg, 0.39 mmol) and triethylamine (0.33 mL,
2.38 mmol) was slowly added the product of Example 59b (400 mg,
2.38 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to 120.degree. C.
overnight. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture
was poured into water (10 mL) and the organics were extracted with
dichloromethane (15 mL). The organic phase was washed with
saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (15 mL.times.2) and brine (15
mL), then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and then concentrated
under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel
column chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether/ethyl acetate=140:1)
to give the title compound as a colorless oil (298 mg, Yield: 60%).
R.sub.f=0.7 (20:1) petroleum ether/:ethyl acetate); .sup.1H NMR
(400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) (Major) .delta. 6.94 (s, 1H), 5.10-5.05 (m,
1H), 2.14 (s, 3H), 1.91-1.85 (m, 1H), 1.68 (s, 3H), 1.59 (s, 3H),
1.57 (s, 3H), 1.39-1.16 (m, 4H), 0.96 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H) ppm.
Example 59d
(1R,6S)-1,2,2,6-tetramethylcyclohexanecarbaldehyde
[0505] A solution of the product of Example 59c (292 mg, 1.39 mmol)
in toluene (2 mL) was added 85% aqueous phosphoric acid (2 mL). The
mixture was heated to 100.degree. C. for 6 hours. Water (10 mL) was
added and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was
extracted with toluene (15 mL.times.3). The combined organic phase
was washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (15
mL.times.2) and brine (15 mL.times.2), dried over anhydrous sodium
sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was
purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: petroleum
ether/ethyl acetate=200:1->130:1) to afford the title compound
as a colorless oil (148 mg, Yield: 63%). R.sub.f=0.7 (20:1)
petroleum ether/:ethyl acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3)
(Major) .delta. 9.61 (s, 1H), 1.61-1.45 (m, 3H), 1.24-1.12 (m, 3H),
0.96-0.86 (m, 1H), 0.86 (s, 3H), 0.83 (s, 3H), 0.82 (s, 3H), 0.73
(d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H) ppm.
Example 59
(R)-(4-fluorophenyl)((1R,6S)-1,2,2,6-tetramethylcyclohexyl)methanol
[0506] To a solution of 4-fluorophenylmagnesium bromide in dry
tetrahydrofuran (4.85 mL, 0.8 M, 3.88 mmol) under argon at
-78.degree. C. was added dropwise a solution of the product of
Example 59d (145 mg, 0.86 mmol) in dry THF (2.5 mL). After stirring
for 2 hours at -78.degree. C., the solution mixture was gradually
warmed to 0.degree. C. and then stirred for an additional hour. The
mixture was quenched by the addition of saturated aqueous ammonium
chloride (15 mL). The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and
the organic phase was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous
sodium sulfate and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The
residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent:
petroleum ether/ethyl acetate=100:1->80:1) to give a colorless
oil which was further purified by silica gel column chromatography
(eluent: petroleum ether/dichloromethane=90:1->50:1) to afford
the title compound as a colorless oil (25 mg, Yield: 11%).
R.sub.f=0.5 (20:1) petroleum ether/:ethyl acetate); .sup.1H NMR
(400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.34-7.33 (m, 2H), 6.99-6.94 (m, 2H),
4.97 (d, J=3.2 Hz, 1H), 2.36-2.30 (m, 1H), 1.76 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H),
1.54-1.50 (m, 2H), 1.46-1.43 (m, 2H), 1.25-1.15 (m, 2H), 1.13 (s,
3H), 1.01 (s, 3H), 0.92 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 0.60 (s, 3H) ppm; Mass
spectrum (ESI+ve) m/z 247 (M-H.sub.2O+H.sup.+);
[.alpha.].sub.D.sup.25.9=+0.91.degree. (c=0.22,
dichloromethane).
Example 60
4-((S)-hydroxy((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methyl)-2-(trifluoromethy-
l)benzonitrlle
[0507] To a solution of 4-bromo-2-(trifluoromethyl)benzonitrile
(486.3 mg, 1.94 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (4 mL) was added
isopropylmagesium chloride (2 M, 0.97 ml, 1.94 mmol) at -20.degree.
C. and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour. Then, a solution of the
product of Example 1b (200 mg, 1.29 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (1 mL)
was added and the mixture was stirred at -20.degree. C. for 1 hour
and then warmed to room temperature for 1 hour. Saturated aqueous
ammonium chloride was added and the mixture was extracted with
ethyl acetate (10 mL.times.3). The combined organic phase was
washed with brine (25 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and
concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification of the residue by
column chromatography afforded 200 mg a pale yellow solid which was
further purified by prep-TLC to afford the title compound as pale
yellow solid (170 mg, Yield: 40%). Mp=151-153.3.degree. C.;
R.sub.f=0.3 (10:1) petroleum ether/:ethyl acetate); .sup.1H NMR
(400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.86 (s, 1H), 7.77 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H),
7.71 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.14 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 1.93 (d, J=5.2 Hz,
1H), 1.88-1.80 (m, 1H), 1.65-1.61 (m, 1H), 1.52-1.45 (m, 3H), 1.37
(d, J=11.2 Hz, 1H), 1.30-1.27 (m, 1H), 1.16 (s, 3H), 1.08 (s, 3H),
1.00-0.93 (m, 1H), 0.50 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H) ppm; Mass spectrum
(ESI+ve) m/z 326 (M+H.sup.+);
[.alpha.].sub.D.sup.26.8=+4.35.degree. (c=0.23,
dichloromethane).
Example 61
2-(trifluoromethyl)-4-((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexanecarbonyl)benzonit-
rile
[0508] To a solution of the product of Example 60 (35 mg, 0.11
mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (4 mL) at -10.degree. C. was added
Dess-Martin periodinane (82 mg, 0.19 mmol) and the mixture was
stirred at -10.degree. C. for 4 hours. The reaction was filtered
and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was
purified by prep-TLC to afford 25 mg of a colorless oil which was
further purified by prep-HPLC to afford the title compound as a
white solid (16 mg, Yield: 46%). Mp=81.6-82.4.degree. C.;
R.sub.f=0.6 (10:1) petroleum ether/:ethyl acetate); .sup.1H NMR
(400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 8.32 (s, 1H), 8.22 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H),
7.97 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 2.98 (d, J=11.2 Hz, 1H), 2.15-2.04 (m, 1H),
1.84-1.80 (m, 1H), 1.62-1.55 (m, 2H), 1.49-1.45 (m, 1H), 1.36-1.25
(m, 1H), 1.09-1.00 (m, 1H), 0.98 (s, 3H), 0.76 (s, 3H), 0.75 (d,
J=7.2 Hz, 3H) ppm; Mass spectrum (EI+ve) m/z 323 (M.sup.+);
[.alpha.].sub.D.sup.27.6=+16.8.degree. (c=0.19,
dichloromethane).
Example 62
(4-fluorophenyl)((1R,6S)-1,2,2,6-tetramethylcyclohexyl)methanone
[0509] To a solution of the product of Example 59 (30 mg, 0.11
mmol) in dichloromethane (1 mL) at 0.degree. C. was added
Dess-Martin periodinane (96.4 mg, 0.23 mmol). The mixture was
warmed to room temperature and stirred for 2 hours. To the reaction
mixture was added saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (10 mL) and
then the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane, washed brine,
dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced
pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column
chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether/dichloromethane=90:1) to
afford the title compound as a white solid (19 mg, Yield 66%).
Mp=49-51.degree. C.; R.sub.f=0.6 (20:1) petroleum ether/:ethyl
acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.52-7.49 (m,
2H), 7.06-7.02 (m, 2H), 2.68-2.62 (m, 1H), 1.59-1.49 (m, 4H), 1.29
(s, 3H), 1.20-1.11 (m, 2H), 1.03 (s, 3H), 0.90 (s, 3H), 0.74 (d,
J=6.8 Hz, 3H) ppm; Mass spectrum (ESI+ve) m/z 263 (M+H.sup.+);
[.alpha.].sub.D.sup.26=-0.84.degree. (c=0.24, dichloromethane).
Example 63
2-fluoro-N'-hydroxy-4-((R)-hydroxy((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methy-
l)benzimidamide
[0510] To a solution of the product of Example 45 (26 mg, 0.095
mmol) in pyridine (0.6 mL) was added hydroxylamine hydrochloride
(19.9 mg, 0.29 mmol). The mixture was stirred at reflux for 4
hours. Water (10 mL) was added and the organics were extracted with
ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed with brine, dried over
anhydrous sodium sulfate and then concentrated under reduced
pressure and the residue was purified by prep-TLC to afford the
title compound as a white solid (7.6 mg, Yield: 26%).
Mp=154-156.degree. C.; R.sub.f=0.5 (1:1) petroleum ether/:ethyl
acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.82-7.68 (m,
3H), 5.17 (bs, 2H), 2.94 (d, J=10.4 Hz, 1H), 2.11-2.02 (m, 1H),
1.81-1.77 (m, 1H), 1.61-1.54 (m, 2H), 1.45-1.41 (m, 1H), 1.33-1.25
(m, 2H), 1.06-0.97 (m, 1H), 0.97 (s, 3H), 0.77 (s, 3H), 0.74 (d,
J=6.8 Hz, 3H) ppm; (ESI+ve) m/z 307 (M+H+).
Example 64
(S)-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)
methanol
[0511] To a stirred solution of compound
4-bromo-1,2-dichlorobenzene (437.1 mg, 1.94 mmol) in
tetrahydrofuran (4 mL) was added dropwise n-butyl lithium (1.6 M,
1.3 ml, 1.94 mmol) at -78.degree. C. and the mixture was stirred at
-78.degree. C. for 30 minutes. A solution of the product of Example
1b (200.0 mg, 1.29 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (1 mL) was added the
mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirring was
continued for 1 hour. Saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (10 mL)
was added to quench the reaction and then the mixture was extracted
with ethyl acetate (10 mL.times.3). The combined organic phase was
washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and
concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by
silica gel column chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether/ethyl
acetate=100:1) to give 250 mg of a white solid which was further
purified by silica column chromatography to afford the title
compound as white solid (167 mg, Yield: 43%). Mp=94.2-96.2.degree.
C.; R.sub.f=0.4 (30:1) petroleum ether/:ethyl acetate); .sup.1H NMR
(400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.49 (s, 1H), 7.37 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H),
7.22 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 5.03 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 1.85-1.77 (m, 2H),
1.65-1.58 (m, 1H), 1.49-1.43 (m, 3H), 1.34 (d, J=10.8 Hz, 1H),
1.30-1.23 (m, 1H), 1.13 (s, 3H), 1.05 (s, 3H), 1.00-0.88 (m, 1H),
0.57 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H) ppm; Mass spectrum (ESI+ve) m/z 323
(M+Na.sup.+); [.alpha.].sub.D.sup.27.3=+6.90.degree. (c=0.29,
dichloromethane).
Example 65
(S)-(3,4-dimethylphenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)
methanol
[0512] A 50 mL dry, three-necked round bottom flask equipped with a
magnetic stirring bar, a dropping funnel (25 mL) and a refluxing
condenser under argon was placed magnesium turnings (129 mg, 5.3
mmol). Anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (16 mL) was added to the dropping
funnel followed by 4-bromo-1,2-dimethylbenzene (888 mg, 4.8 mmol).
Anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (4 mL) was added to the flask followed by
a portion of the 4-bromo-1,2-dimethylbenzene solution (2 mL). The
flask was then heated until the solvent began to boil at which time
stirring was commenced. The remainder of the
4-bromo-1,2-dimethylbenzene solution was added dropwise to the
flask at such a rate that the solvent refluxed gently (about 10
minutes). After the addition was complete, the reaction was heated
to reflux for 30 minutes. The mixture was cooled to -78.degree. C.
and a solution of the product of Example 1b (185 mg, 1.2 mmol) in
tetrahydrofuran (3 mL) was added dropwise via syringe. The reaction
was stirred at -78.degree. C. for 2 hours and then allowed to warm
gradually to room temperature and stirred overnight. Saturated
aqueous ammonium chloride (10 mL) was added to quench the reaction.
Water (20 mL) was added and the mixture was extracted with ethyl
acetate (30 mL.times.3). The combined organic phase was washed with
brine (60 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated
under reduced pressure. Purification of the residue by silica gel
column chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether/ethyl
acetate=200:1->20:1) afforded the title compound as a colorless
oil (67 mg, Yield: 21%). R.sub.f=0.5 (20:1) petroleum ether/:ethyl
acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.14-7.06 (m,
3H), 5.06 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 2.24 (s, 3H), 1.88-1.77
(m, 1H), 1.68 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 1.63-1.57 (m, 1H), 1.51-1.41 (m,
4H), 1.33-1.24 (m, 1H), 1.13 (s, 3H), 1.06 (s, 3H), 1.00-0.86 (m,
1H), 0.62 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H) ppm; Mass spectrum (ESI+ve) m/z 243
(M-H.sub.2O+H.sup.+); [.alpha.].sub.D.sup.28.7=+5.78.degree.
(c=0.45, dichloromethane).
Example 66
(S)-(4-chloro-3-fluorophenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanol
[0513] A 50 mL dry, three-necked round bottom flask equipped with a
magnetic stirring bar, a dropping funnel (25 mL) and a refluxing
condenser under argon was placed magnesium turnings (129 mg, 5.3
mmol). Anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (16 mL) was added to the dropping
funnel followed by 4-bromo-1-chloro-2-fluorobenzene (1.005 g, 4.8
mmol). Anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (4 mL) was added to the flask
followed by a portion of the 4-bromo-1-chloro-2-fluorobenzene
solution (2 mL). The flask was then heated until the solvent began
to boil at which time stirring was commenced. The remainder of the
4-bromo-1,2-dimethylbenzene solution was added dropwise to the
flask at such a rate that the solvent refluxed gently (about 10
minutes). After addition was complete, the reaction was heated to
reflux for 30 minutes. The mixture was cooled to -78.degree. C. and
a solution of the product of Example 1b (185 mg, 1.2 mmol) in
tetrahydrofuran (3 mL) was added dropwise via syringe. The reaction
was stirred at -78.degree. C. for 2 hours and then allowed to warm
gradually to room temperature and stirred overnight. Saturated
aqueous ammonium chloride (10 mL) was added to quench the reaction.
Water (20 mL) was added and the mixture was then extracted with
ethyl acetate (30 mL.times.3). The combined organic phase were
washed with brine (60 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and
concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification of the residue by
silica gel column chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether/ethyl
acetate=200:1->50:1) afforded the title compound as a yellow oil
(29 mg, Yield: 8%). R.sub.f=0.45 (20:1) petroleum ether/:ethyl
acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.31 (t, J=8.0
Hz, 1H), 7.23 (d, J=11.6 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 5.05 (d,
J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 1.86-1.80 (m, 1H), 1.77 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 1.65-1.61
(m, 1H), 1.50-1.44 (m, 3H), 1.35 (d, J=10.8 Hz, 1H), 1.31-1.24 (m,
1H), 1.13 (s, 3H), 1.05 (s, 3H), 1.00-0.85 (m, 1H), 0.58 (d, J=6.4
Hz, 3H) ppm; Mass spectrum (ESI+ve) m/z 267 (M-H.sub.2O+H.sup.+);
[.alpha.].sub.D.sup.29.5=+5.41.degree. (c=0.37,
dichloromethane).
Example 67
4-((R)-hydroxy((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methyl)-2-(trifluoromethy-
l)benzonitrile
[0514] To a solution of the product of Example 61 (33 mg, 0.10
mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (4 mL) at -78.degree. C. was added lithium
aluminum hydride (15.1 mg, 0.40 mmol) and the mixture was stirred
at -78.degree. C. for 4 hours. Wet sodium sulfate was added and the
reaction was filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced
pressure and the residue was purified by prep-TLC to afford the
title compound as white solid (30 mg, Yield: 91%).
Mp=118.5-119.2.degree. C.; R.sub.f=0.4 (10:1) petroleum
ether/:ethyl acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta.
7.86 (s, 1H), 7.79-7.75 (m, 2H), 5.34 (s, 1H), 1.94-1.86 (m, 2H),
1.82-1.79 (m, 1H), 1.51-1.42 (m, 3H), 1.27-1.11 (m, 3H), 1.08 (d,
3H), 1.06 (s, 3H), 0.25 (s, 3H) ppm; Mass spectrum (ESI+ve) m/z 326
(M+H.sup.+); [.alpha.].sub.D.sup.32.2=+26.7.degree. (c=0.21,
dichloromethane).
Example 68
(3,4-dichlorophenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)
methanone
[0515] To a solution of the product of Example 64 (200 mg, 0.663
mmol) in dichloromethane (4 mL) at 0.degree. C. was added
Dess-Martin periodinane (506.4 mg, 0.775 mmol) and the mixture was
stirred for 2 hours. The reaction was diluted with dichloromethane
(20 mL) and the organic phase was washed with saturated aqueous
sodium bicarbonate (10 mL.times.2) and brine (10 mL), dried over
anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure.
The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography
(eluent: petroleum ether/ethyl acetate=100:1) to afford the title
compound as a colorless oil (150 mg, Yield: 75%). R.sub.f=0.6
(30:1) petroleum ether/:ethyl acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 8.02 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (dd, J=8.4 Hz,
J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 2.91 (d, J=11.2 Hz, 1H),
2.10-2.01 (m, 1H), 1.81-1.77 (m, 1H), 1.59-1.54 (m, 2H), 1.45-1.41
(m, 1H), 1.33-1.25 (m, 1H), 1.06-098 (m, 1H), 0.96 (s, 3H)
0.76-0.72 (m, 6H) ppm; Mass spectrum (EI+ve) m/z 298 (M.sup.+);
[.alpha.].sub.D.sup.32.8=+3.82.degree. (c=0.68,
dichloromethane).
Example 69
(3,4-dimethylphenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)
methanone
[0516] A solution of the product of Example 65 (75 mg, 0.29 mmol)
in dichloromethane (3 mL) was treated with Dess-Martin periodinane
(246 mg, 0.58 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature
for 1 hour. Water (1.5 mL) was added followed by aqueous sodium
hydroxide (1.0 M, 3 mL). The bilayer mixture was allowed to stir
vigorously at room temperature for 30 minutes. Dichloromethane (15
mL) and water (15 mL) were added and the organic layer was
separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (15
mL.times.2). The combined organic phase was dried over anhydrous
sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure.
Purification of the residue by prep-TLC (eluent: petroleum
ether/ethyl acetate=50:1) afforded the title compound as a
colorless oil (31 mg, Yield: 41%). R.sub.f=0.7 (20:1) petroleum
ether/:ethyl acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta.
7.74 (s, 1H), 7.70 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 3.00
(d, J=10.8 Hz, 1H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.31 (s, 3H), 2.12-2.01 (m, 1H),
1.80-1.76 (m, 1H), 1.58-1.54 (m, 2H), 1.44-1.40 (m, 1H), 1.34-1.25
(m, 1H), 1.10-0.98 (m, 1H), 0.99 (s, 3H), 0.77 (s, 3H), 0.74 (d,
J=6.4 Hz, 3H) ppm; Mass spectrum (ESI+ve) m/z 259 (M+H.sup.+);
[.alpha.].sub.D.sup.27.0=-7.22.degree. (c=0.36,
dichloromethane).
Example 70
(4-chloro-3-fluorophenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)
methanone
[0517] A solution of the product of Example 66 (35 mg, 0.12 mmol)
in dichloromethane (2 mL) was treated with Dess-Martin periodinane
(102 mg, 0.24 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature
for 1 hour. Water (1 mL) was added followed by aqueous sodium
hydroxide (1.0 M, 2 mL). The bilayer mixture was allowed to stir
vigorously at room temperature for 30 minutes. Dichloromethane (10
mL) and water (15 ml) were added and the organic layer was
separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (15
mL.times.2). The combined organic phase was dried over anhydrous
sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure.
Purification of the residue by prep-TLC afforded the title compound
as a colorless oil (22 mg, Yield: 65%). R.sub.f=0.7 (20:1)
petroleum ether/:ethyl acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3)
.delta. 7.74-7.69 (m, 2H), 7.49 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 2.91 (d, J=11.2
Hz, 1H), 2.10-2.01 (m, 1H), 1.82-1.77 (m, 1H), 1.61-1.54 (m, 2H),
1.46-1.41 (m, 1H), 1.33-1.25 (m, 1H), 1.06-0.97 (m, 1H), 0.97 (s,
3H), 0.77 (s, 3H), 0.73 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H) ppm; Mass spectrum
(EI+ve) m/z 283 (M.sup.+); [.alpha.].sub.D.sup.32.1=+1.00.degree.
(c=0.20, dichloromethane).
Example 71
(R)-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)
methanol
[0518] To a solution of the product of Example 68 (33 mg, 0.10
mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (4 mL) at -78.degree. C. was added lithium
aluminum hydride (15.1 mg, 0.40 mmol) and the mixture was stirred
at -78.degree. C. for 7 hours. Then, wet sodium sulfate was added
and the reaction mixture was filtered. The filtrate was
concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by
silica gel column chromatography to afford the title compound as a
colorless oil (12 mg, Yield: 40%). R.sub.f=0.4 (30:1) petroleum
ether/:ethyl acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta.
7.52 (s, 1H), 7.37 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 5.21
(s, 1H), 1.92-1.82 (m, 1H), 1.79-1.74 (m, 2H), 1.51-1.43 (m, 2H),
1.37-1.34 (m, 1H), 1.21-1.09 (m, 3H), 1.06 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H), 1.04
(s, 3H), 0.39 (s, 3H) ppm; Mass spectrum (EI+ve) m/z 300 (M.sup.+);
[.alpha.].sub.D.sup.23.8=+21.8.degree. (c=0.11,
dichloromethane).
Example 72
2-fluoro-5-((S)-hydroxy((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)
methyl)benzonitrile
[0519] To a solution of 2-fluoro-5-iodobenzonitrile (479.2 mg, 1.94
mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (4 mL) at -20.degree. C. was added
isopropylmagesium chloride (2 N, 0.97 ml, 1.94 mmol) and the
mixture was stirred for 1 hour. Then, a solution of the product of
Example 1b (200 mg, 1.29 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (0.5 mL) was
added and the mixture was stirred at -20.degree. C. for an
additional 1 hour, then warmed to room temperature and stirred for
1 hour. The reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium
chloride (10 mL) and the organics were extracted with ethyl acetate
(10 mL.times.3). The combined phase was washed with brine, dried
over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced
pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column
chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether/ethyl acetate=50:1) to
afford the title compound as a white solid (200 mg, Yield: 48%).
Mp=117.9-119.2.degree. C.; R.sub.f=0.2 (10:1) petroleum
ether/:ethyl acetate); H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta.
7.69-7.67 (m, 1H), 7.64-7.60 (m, 1H), 7.15 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 5.06
(d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 1.85 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 1.83-1.76 (m, 1H),
1.64-1.60 (m, 1H), 1.50-1.44 (m, 3H), 1.32-1.23 (m, 2H), 1.14 (s,
3H), 1.06 (s, 3H), 1.00-0.89 (m, 1H), 0.53 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H) ppm;
(ESI+ve) m/z 276 (M+H.sup.+);
[.alpha.].sub.D.sup.27.0=+27.1.degree. (c=0.31,
dichloromethane).
Example 73
(S)-(3-fluoro-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl-
)methanol
[0520] To a solution of 4-bromo-2-fluorobenzotrifluoride (410.7 mg,
1.69 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (6 mL) under argon at 0.degree.
C. was added isopropylmagnesium chloride (0.85 mL, 1.69 mmol).
After warming to room temperature the reaction was stirred for 40
minutes and then the reaction was cooled to -78.degree. C. A
solution of the product of Example 1b (200 mg, 1.30 mmol) in dry
tetrahydrofuran (1 mL) was slowly added and the reaction was
stirred for 2 hours. The mixture was quenched by the addition of
saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (15 mL) and after warming to
room temperature the reaction was extracted with ethyl acetate. The
organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and then
concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by
silica gel column chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether/ethyl
acetate=90:1->80:1) to give the title compound as a white solid
(89 mg, Yield: 17%). Mp=71-73.degree. C.; R.sub.f=0.5 (10:1)
petroleum ether/:ethyl acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3)
.delta. 7.55-7.51 (m, 1H), 7.30-7.25 (m, 2H), 5.09 (d, J=5.6 Hz,
1H), 1.84-1.79 (m, 2H), 1.65-1.61 (m, 1H), 1.50-1.46 (m, 3H), 1.39
(d, J=11.2 Hz, 1H), 1.31-1.25 (m, 1H), 1.15 (s, 3H), 1.07 (s, 3H),
1.0-0.90 (m, 1H), 0.57 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H) ppm;
[.alpha.].sub.D.sup.22.7=+13.6.degree. (c=0.22,
dichloromethane).
Example 74
(3-fluoro-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)met-
hanone
[0521] To a solution of the product of Example 73 (100 mg, 0.31
mmol) in dichloromethane (2 mL) at 0.degree. C. was added
Dess-Martin periodinane (266.3 mg, 0.63 mmol). The mixture was
warmed to room temperature and stirred for 2 hours. Saturated
aqueous sodium bicarbonate (15 mL) was added to the reaction
mixture and then the organics were extracted with dichlormethane.
The organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and then
concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by
silica gel column chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether/ethyl
acetate=100:1) to afford the title compound as a colorless oil (86
mg, Yield: 88%). R.sub.f=0.7 (10:1) petroleum ether/:ethyl
acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.82-7.80 (m,
1H), 7.76-7.70 (m, 2H), 2.94 (d, J=10.8 Hz, 1H), 2.12-2.03 (m, 1H),
1.83-1.78 (m, 1H), 1.61-1.52 (m, 2H), 1.47-1.43 (m, 1H), 1.34-1.26
(m, 1H), 1.07-0.97 (m, 1H), 0.97 (s, 3H), 0.77 (s, 3H), 0.75 (d,
J=6.4 Hz, 3H) ppm; Mass spectrum (EI+ve) m/z 316 (M.sup.+);
[.alpha.].sub.D.sup.23.6=+2.03.degree. (c=0.59,
dichloromethane).
Example 75
(R)-(3-fluoro-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl-
)methanol
[0522] To a mixture of lithium aluminum hydride (35.1 mg, 0.92
mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (3 mL) at 0.degree. C. was added
dropwise a solution of the product of Example 74 (73.0 mg, 0.23
mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (5 mL). The reaction was stirred at
0.degree. C. for 2 hours. The reaction was quenched by the addition
of the mixture of sodium sulfate and water. The reaction was
filtered and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure.
The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography
(eluent: petroleum ether/ethyl acetate=70:1) to afford the title
compound as a white solid (58 mg, Yield: 79.%). Mp=75-77.degree.
C.; R.sub.f=0.5 (10:1) petroleum ether/:ethyl acetate); .sup.1H NMR
(400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.54-7.51 (m, 1H), 7.33-7.29 (m, 2H),
5.28 (s, 1H), 1.93-1.77 (m, 3H), 1.52-1.39 (m, 3H), 1.25-1.10 (m,
3H), 1.07 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.05 (s, 3H), 0.35 (s, 3H) ppm; Mass
spectrum (EI+ve) m/z 318 (M.sup.+);
[.alpha.].sub.D.sup.23.4=+22.0.degree. (c=0.41,
dichloromethane).
Example 76
3-((S)-hydroxy((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)
methyl)benzonitrile
[0523] To a stirred solution of 3-bromobenzonitrile (229.5 mg, 1.26
mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (3 mL) at -78.degree. C. was added
dropwise n-butyl lithium (1.6 N, 0.78 mL, 1.26 mmol) and the
mixture was stirred at -78.degree. C. for 1 hour. A solution of the
product of the product of Example 1b (150.0 mg, 0.97 mmol) in
tetrahydrofuran (1 mL) was added and the mixture was allowed to
warmed to room temperature and stirred for an additional hour.
Saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (10 mL) was added to the
mixture and the organics were extracted with ethyl acetate (10
mL.times.3). The combined organic layer was washed with brine,
dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced
pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column
chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether/ethyl acetate=50:1) to
afford the title compound as a white solid (100 mg, Yield: 41%).
Mp=105-107.degree. C.; R.sub.f=0.2 (10:1) petroleum ether/:ethyl
acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.72 (s, 1H),
7.64 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (t, J=7.6 Hz,
1H), 5.10 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 1.87-1.78 (m, 2H), 1.64-1.59 (m, 1H),
1.50-1.44 (m, 3H), 1.36 (d, J=10.8 Hz, 1H), 1.32-1.25 (m, 1H), 1.15
(s, 3H), 1.07 (s, 3H), 1.00-0.89 (m, 1H), 0.52 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H)
ppm; (ESI+ve) m/z 258 (M+H.sup.+);
[.alpha.].sub.D.sup.24.2=+18.3.degree. (c=1.54,
dichloromethane).
Example 77
2-chloro-4-((S)-hydroxy((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)
methyl)benzonitrile
[0524] To a solution of 4-bromo-2-chlorobenzonitrile (364.9 mg,
1.69 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (6 mL) under argon at 0.degree.
C. was added isopropylmagnesium chloride (0.85 mL, 1.69 mmol). The
reaction mixture was warmed and stirred at room temperature for 40
minutes. After cooling the reaction to -78.degree. C., a solution
of the product of Example 1b (200 mg, 1.30 mmol) in dry
tetrahydrofuran (1 mL) was slowly added and the reaction was
stirred for 2 hours. The mixture was quenched by the addition of
saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (15 mL) and the solution was
extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic phase was dried
over anhydrous sodium sulfate and then concentrated under reduced
pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column
chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether/ethyl
acetate=40:1->20:1) to afford the title compound as a light
yellow solid (47 mg, Yield: 12%). Mp=139-141.degree. C.;
R.sub.f=0.2 (10:1) petroleum ether/:ethyl acetate); .sup.1H NMR
(400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.60 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (s, 1H),
7.40 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.08 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 1.87-1.78 (m, 2H),
1.65-1.61 (m, 1H), 1.50-1.45 (m, 3H), 1.36 (d, J=11.2 Hz, 1H),
1.31-1.23 (m, 1H), 1.14 (s, 3H), 1.06 (s, 3H), 1.02-0.90 (m, 1H),
0.53 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 3H) ppm; Mass spectrum (ESI+ve) m/z 274
(M-H.sub.2O+H.sup.+); [.alpha.].sub.D.sup.28.4=+4.00.degree.
(c=0.35, dichloromethane).
Example 78
3-((R)-hydroxy((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methyl)
benzonitrile
[0525] To a solution of the product of Example 76 (77 mg, 0.299
mmol) in dichloromethane (3 mL) at 0.degree. C. was added
Dess-Martin periodinane (253.8 mg, 0.598 mmol) and the mixture was
warmed to room temperature and stirred for 2 hours. The mixture was
filtered and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure. The
residue was purified by prep-TLC to afford the title compound as a
colorless oil (56 mg, Yield: 74%). R.sub.f=0.5 (10:1) petroleum
ether/:ethyl acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta.
8.23 (s, 1H), 8.18 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.60
(t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 2.96 (d, J=10.8 Hz, 1H), 2.14-2.02 (m, 1H),
1.83-1.79 (m, 1H), 1.61-1.55 (m, 2H), 1.46-1.43 (m, 1H), 1.34-1.25
(m, 1H), 1.08-0.99 (m, 1H), 0.97 (s, 3H), 0.76-0.74 (m, 6H) ppm;
(ESI+ve) m/z 256 (M+H.sup.+);
[.alpha.].sub.D.sup.26.2=+10.0.degree. (c=0.74,
dichloromethane).
Example 79
2-fluoro-5-((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexanecarbonyl)
benzonitrile
[0526] To a solution of the product of Example 72 (70 mg, 0.254
mmol) in dichloromethane (3 mL) at 0.degree. C. was added
Dess-Martin periodinane (215.5 mg, 0.508 mmol) and the mixture was
warmed to room temperature and stirred for 2 hours. The mixture was
filtered and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure.
Purification of the residue by silica gel column chromatography
afforded the title compound as a colorless oil (49.7 mg, Yield:
72%). R.sub.f=0.4 (10:1) petroleum ether/:ethyl acetate); .sup.1H
NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 8.26-8.21 (m, 2H), 7.32 (t, J=8.4
Hz, 1H), 2.91 (d, J=10.8 Hz, 1H), 2.13-2.01 (m, 1H), 1.83-1.79 (m,
1H), 1.61-1.55 (m, 2H), 1.47-1.43 (m, 1H), 1.34-1.25 (m, 1H),
1.07-1.00 (m, 1H), 0.97 (s, 3H), 0.76 (s, 3H), 0.73 (d, J=6.4 Hz,
3H) ppm; Mass spectrum (EI+ve) m/z 273 (M.sup.+);
[.alpha.].sub.D.sup.2.8=+9.46.degree. (c=0.93,
dichloromethane).
Example 80
(R)-(3,4-dimethylphenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)
methanol
[0527] To a stirred solution of the product of Example 69 (42 mg,
0.16 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (3 mL) under argon at
-78.degree. C. was added lithium aluminum hydride (25 mg, 0.65
mmol) in one portion. The reaction was stirred at -78.degree. C.
for 3 hours. The mixture was diluted with diethyl ether (20 mL) and
wet sodium sulfate was added to quench the reaction. The resulting
mixture was stirred for another 30 minutes and then filtered. The
filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue
was purified by prep-TLC (eluent: petroleum ether/ethyl
acetate=30:1) to give 33.8 mg of a colorless oil which was further
purified by flash column chromatography (eluent: petroleum
ether/ethyl acetate=50:1) to afford the title compound as a
colorless oil (25.6 mg, Yield: 61%, 10:1 mixture of alcohol
epimers). R.sub.f=0.5 (20:1) petroleum ether/:ethyl acetate); R,
=0.5 in (20:1) PE:EA. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) (Major
isomer) .delta. 7.14 (s, 1H), 7.12 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (d,
J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 5.19 (t, J=3.4 Hz, 1H), 2.26 (s, 3H), 2.24 (s, 3H),
1.91-1.81 (m, 1H), 1.75-1.71 (m, 1H), 1.60 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H),
1.51-1.36 (m, 3H), 1.25-1.17 (m, 1H), 1.13-1.05 (m, 2H), 1.05 (d,
J=6.4 Hz, 3H), 1.02 (s, 3H), 0.45 (s, 3H) ppm; Mass spectrum
(ESI+ve) m/z 243 (M-H.sub.2O+H.sup.+);
[.alpha.].sub.D.sup.25.8=+32.9.degree. (c=0.31,
dichloromethane).
Example 81
2-chloro-4-((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexanecarbonyl)
benzonitrile
[0528] To a solution of the product of Example 77 (75 mg, 0.26
mmol) in dichloromethane (2 mL) at 0.degree. C. was added
Dess-Martin periodinane (217.9 mg, 0.51 mmol). The mixture was
warmed to room temperature and stirred for 2 hours. Saturated
aqueous sodium bicarbonate (10 mL) was added to the reaction
mixture and then the organics were extracted with dichloromethane.
The organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and
concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by
silica gel column chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether/ethyl
acetate=60:1) to afford the title compound as a colorless oil (60
mg, Yield: 80%). R.sub.f=0.5 (10:1) petroleum ether/:ethyl
acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 8.04 (s, 1H),
7.91 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 2.93 (d, J=11.2 Hz,
1H), 2.12-2.05 (m, 1H), 1.81 (dd, J=13.6 Hz, J2=3.2 Hz, 1H),
1.61-1.55 (m, 2H), 1.47-1.43 (m, 1H), 1.34-1.29 (m, 1H), 1.04-1.0
(m, 1H), 0.96 (s, 3H), 0.76 (s, 3H), 0.75 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H) ppm;
Mass spectrum (EI+ve) m/z 289 (M.sup.+);
[.alpha.].sub.D.sup.23.0=+11.3.degree. (c=0.42,
dichloromethane).
Example 82
2-chloro-4-((R)-hydroxy((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)
methyl)benzonitrile
[0529] To a mixture of lithium aluminum hydride (10.8 mg, 0.26
mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (1 mL) under argon at -78.degree. C.
was added the product of Example 81 (51.2 mg, 0.18 mmol). The
reaction was stirred at 78.degree. C. for 3 hours. The reaction was
quenched by the addition of a mixture of sodium sulfate and water.
The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate concentrated
under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by prep-TLC to
give 27 mg of a colorless oil which was further purified by
prep-TLC to afford the title compound as a white solid (17.2 mg,
Yield: 33%). Mp=116-118.degree. C.; R.sub.f=0.2 (10:1) petroleum
ether/:ethyl acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta.
7.62 (s, 1H), 7.61 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.27
(s, 1H), 1.90-1.78 (m, 3H), 1.51-1.38 (m, 3H), 1.24-1.09 (m, 3H),
1.07 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H), 1.06 (s, 3H), 0.33 (s, 3H) ppm; Mass
spectrum (EI+ve) m/z 291 (M.sup.+);
[.alpha.].sub.D.sup.25.6=+4.50.degree. (c=0.22,
dichloromethane).
Example 83
(R)-(4-chloro-3-fluorophenyl)((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)methanol
[0530] To a stirred solution of the product of Example 70 (100 mg,
0.35 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (5 mL) under argon at -78.degree.
C. was added lithium aluminum hydride (106 mg, 2.80 mmol) in one
portion. Then the mixture was stirred at -78.degree. C. for 3
hours. The mixture was t warmed to 0.degree. C. and stirred for an
additional 1.5 hours after which the reaction mixture was diluted
with dichloromethane and wet sodium sulfate was added to quench
with the reaction. The resulting mixture was stirred for another 30
minutes and then filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under
reduced pressure and the residue was purified by silica gel column
chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether/ethyl acetate=100:1) to
afford the title compound as a white solid (42 mg, Yield: 42%).
Mp=61.1-63.6.degree. C.; R.sub.f=0.45 (20:1) petroleum ether/:ethyl
acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.32 (t, J=7.8
Hz, 1H), 7.25 (d, J=11.2 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 5.22 (s,
1H), 1.88-1.75 (m, 3H), 1.47-1.44 (m, 2H), 1.37-1.34 (m, 1H),
1.25-1.04 (m, 9H), 0.39 (s, 3H) ppm; Mass spectrum (ESI+ve) m/z 267
(M-H.sub.2O+H.sup.+); [.alpha.].sub.D.sup.25.4=+27.5.degree.
(c=0.48, dichloromethane).
Example 84
(R)-2-(3-fluorophenyl)-1-((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)ethanol
[0531] Into a 25 ml dry, three-necked round bottom flask under
argon equipped with a magnetic stirring bar, a dropping funnel (25
ml) and a refluxing condenser was placed magnesium turnings (157.5
mg, 6.48 mmol). Anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) was added to the
dropping funnel followed by 1-(bromomethyl)-3-fluorobenzene (1.23
g, 6.48 mmol). Anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (3 mL) and a portion of
1-(bromomethyl)-3-fluorobenzene solution (5 ml) was added to the
flask and then it was heated to 50.degree. C. at which point the
solvent began to boil. The remainder of the
1-(bromomethyl)-3-fluorobenzene solution was added to the flask
dropwise with stirring. After addition was complete, refluxing was
continued for 2 hours. The mixture was cooled to 0.degree. C. and a
solution of the product of Example 1b (250 mg, 1.62 mmol) in
tetrahydrofuran (5 mL) was added dropwise via syringe. The mixture
was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 2 hours. Saturated
aqueous ammonium chloride (20 mL) was added to quench the reaction
and the organics were extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL.times.3).
The organic base was washed with brine (20 mL) and concentrated
under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel
column chromatography to give 160 mg of a colorless oil which was
further purified by prep-HPLC to afford the title compound as a
colorless oil (70 mg, Yield: 16%). R.sub.f=0.3 (30:1) petroleum
ether/:ethyl acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta.
7.29-7.24 (m, 1H), 7.99 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.94-6.90 (m, 2H), 4.07
(quint, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 2.99 (dd, J=9.6 Hz, J=13.6 Hz, 1H), 2.71
(dd, J=5.2 Hz, J=13.2 Hz, 1H), 1.80-1.72 (m, 1H), 1.70-1.66 (m,
1H), 1.48-1.41 (m, 2H), 1.35-1.30 (m, 1H), 1.26 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H),
1.16-1.09 (m, 1H), 1.15 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H), 1.06-0.97 (m, 1H), 0.94
(d, J=11.2 Hz, 1H), 0.88 (s, 3H), 0.79 (s, 3H) ppm; Mass spectrum
(ESI+ve) m/z 247 (M-H.sub.2O+H.sup.+);
[.alpha.].sub.D.sup.25=+5.49.degree. (c=0.51, dichloromethane).
Example 85
(R)-1-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-1-((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)eth-
anol
[0532] To a stirred solution of the product of Example 16 (50 mg,
0.17 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (4 mL) under argon at
-78.degree. C. was added methyl lithium (1.6 M in diethyl ether,
0.53 mL, 0.85 mmol). The reaction was stirred at -78.degree. C. for
1 hour. Saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (25 mL) was added to
quench the reaction. The organics were extracted with ethyl acetate
(20 mL.times.3) and the combined organic phase was washed with
brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated
under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel
column chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether/ethyl acetate=50:1)
to afford a colorless oil which was further purified by prep-TLC
(eluent: petroleum ether/ethyl acetate=30:1) to give the title
compound as a colorless oil. (32.7 mg, Yield: 61%). R.sub.f=0.6
(10:1) petroleum ether/:ethyl acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.63 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.57 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H),
1.81 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 1.72 (s, 3H), 1.72-1.60 (m, 2H), 1.51-1.45
(m, 3H), 1.40-1.28 (m, 2H), 1.21 (s, 3H), 1.15 (s, 3H), 1.10-1.01
(m, 1H), 0.56 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H) ppm; Mass spectrum (ESI+ve) m/z 297
(M-H.sub.2O+H.sup.+).
Example 86
2-fluoro-5-((R)-hydroxy((1R,6S)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexyl)
methyl)benzonitrile
[0533] To the solution of the product of Example 79 (46.4 mg, 0.167
mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (4 mL) at -78.degree. C. was added lithium
aluminum hydride (63.2 mg, 1.67 mmol). The mixture was warmed to
room temperature and stirred 2.5 hours. The reaction was filtered
and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue
was purified by prep-TLC to afford a 21 mg of material which was
further purified by prep-HPLC to afford the title compound as a
white solid (12 mg, Yield: 26%). Mp=134.2-136.1.degree. C.; R=0.3
(10:1) petroleum ether/:ethyl acetate); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.72-7.70 (m, 1H), 7.64-7.61 (m, 1H), 7.61 (t,
J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 5.25 (s, 1H), 1.90-1.76 (m, 3H), 1.50-1.44 (m, 2H),
1.34 (dd, J=2.8 Hz, J=10.8 Hz, 1H), 1.25-1.10 (m, 3H), 1.06 (t,
J=10.4 Hz, 3H), 1.03 (s, 3H), 0.32 (S, 3H) ppm; Mass spectrum
(ESI+ve) m/z 258 (M-H.sub.2O+H.sup.+).
BIOLOGY EXAMPLES
[0534] In carrying out the procedures of the present invention it
is of course to be understood that reference to particular buffers,
media, reagents, cells, culture conditions and the like are not
intended to be limiting, but are to be read so as to include all
related materials that one of ordinary skill in the art would
recognize as being of interest or value in the particular context
in which that discussion is presented. For example, it is often
possible to substitute one buffer system or culture medium for
another and still achieve similar, if not identical, results. Those
of skill in the art will have sufficient knowledge of such systems
and methodologies so as to be able, without undue experimentation,
to make such substitutions as will optimally serve their purposes
in using the methods and procedures disclosed herein.
[0535] The invention is described in more detail in the following
non-limiting examples. It is to be understood that these particular
methods and examples in no way limit the invention to the
embodiments described herein and that other embodiments and uses
will no doubt suggest themselves to those skilled in the art.
Reagents
[0536] Monoclonal anti-rhodopsin 1D4 antibody can be purchased from
University of British Columbia.
Cell Lines and Culture Conditions
[0537] Stable cell lines expressing opsin protein were generated
using the Flp-In T-Rex system. The stable cells were grown in DMEM
high glucose media supplemented with 10% (v/v) fetal bovine serum,
antibiotic/antimycotic solution, 5 .mu./ml blasticidin and
hygromycin at 37.degree. C. in presence of 5% CO.sub.2. For all the
experiments the cells were allowed to reach confluence and were
induced to produce opsin with 1 .mu.g/ml tetracycline after change
of media and then compounds were added. The plates were incubated
for 48 hours after which the cells were harvested.
SDS-PAGE and Western Blotting
[0538] Proteins were separated on SDS-PAGE gels and western blotted
as described in (Noorwez et al., J. Biol. Chem. 279, 16278-16284
(2004)).
[0539] The in vivo efficacy of the compounds of the invention in
treating macular degeneration can be demonstrated by various tests
well known in the art. For example, human patients are selected
based on a diagnosis of macular degeneration (such as where there
is a gross diagnosis of this condition or where they have been
shown to exhibit build-up of toxic visual cycle products, such as
A2E, lipofuscin, or drusen in their eyes. A compound of the
invention, such as that of Formula I, is administered to a test
group while a placebo, such as PBS or DMSO, is administered to a
control group that may be as large or may be somewhat smaller than
the test group. The test compound is administered either on a one
time basis or on a sequential basis (for example, weekly or daily)
or according to some other predetermined schedule.
[0540] Administration of the test compound is normally by oral or
parenteral means and in an amount effective to retard the
development and/or reoccurrence of macular degeneration. An
effective dose amount is generally in the range of about 1 to 5,000
mg or in the range of 10 to 2,000 mg/kg. Administration may include
multiple doses per day.
[0541] Efficacy of the test compound in retarding progression of
macular degeneration is generally by measuring increase in visual
acuity (for example, using Early Treatment Diabetic RP Study
(ETDRS) charts (Lighthouse, Long Island, N.Y.). Other means of
following and evaluating efficacy is by measuring/monitoring the
autofluorescence or absorption spectra of such indicators as
N-retinylidene-phosphatidylethanolamine,
dihydro-N-retinylidene-N-retinyl-phosphatidylethanolamine,
N-retinylidene-N-retinyl-phosphatidylethanolamine,
dihydro-N-retinylidene-N-retinyl-ethanolamine, and/or
N-retinylidene-phosphatidylethanolamine in the eye of the patient.
Autofluorescence is monitored using different types of instrument,
for example, a confocal scanning laser ophthalmoscope.
[0542] Accumulation of lipofuscin in the retinal pigment epithelium
(RPE) is a common pathological feature observed in various
degenerative diseases of the retina. A toxic vitamin A-based
fluorophore (A2E) present within lipofuscin granules has been
implicated in death of RPE and photoreceptor cells. Such
experiments can employ an animal model which manifests accelerated
lipofuscin accumulation to evaluate the efficacy of a therapeutic
approach based upon reduction of serum vitamin A (retinol).
Administration of test compound to mice harboring a null mutation
in the Stargardt's disease gene (ABCA4) produces reductions in
serum retinol/retinol binding protein and arrested accumulation of
A2E and lipofuscin autofluorescence in the RPE.
[0543] Test animals are available for use in testing efficacy of a
test compound in reducing build-up of toxic pigments, such as
lipofuscin. For example, mice have been produced that exhibit
increased production of such toxic product. Such mice have been
described in the literature (see, for example, Widder et al., U.S.
Pub. 2006/0167088) and their value and utility are well known to
those in the art.
[0544] Showing the efficacy of compounds of the invention in
protecting against light toxicity is conveniently performed by
methods well known in the art (see, for example, Sieving et al,
PNAS, Vol. 98, pp 1835-40 (2001)).
Biology Example 1
Rhodopsin Purification and Regeneration
[0545] P23H cells were grown to confluency in 10 centermeter plates
in DMEM containing high glucose, blasticidin (5 .mu.g/ml) and
hygromycin (100 .mu.g/ml). The cells were induced with tetracycline
(1 .mu.g/ml) and treated with either DMSO (vehicle) or different
concentrations of the test (0.3 .mu.M, 1 .mu.M, 3 .mu.M, 10 .mu.M,
30 .mu.M and 80 .mu.M). After 24 hours, the medium was removed and
fresh medium with the compounds was added to the plates.
.beta.-lonone (20 .mu.M) was used as a positive control for the
experiments. The cells were harvested 48 hours after the first
treatment. All procedures from hereon were carried out under a dim
red light (>660 nm). The cells were washed twice with PBS, and
incubated for 1 hour at room temperature in 1 mL of PBS containing
9-cis-retinal (20 .mu.M). After regeneration, the cells were washed
with PBS and incubated for 1 hour at 4.degree. C. in PBS containing
1% n-dodecyl-.beta.-D maltoside and protease inhibitors (Roche) for
lysis. The cell lysate was centrifuged in a tabletop Beckman
ultracentrifuge at 36,000.times.g for 10 minutes. The supernatant
was removed and protein was estimated in all of the samples (DC
protein assay, Biorad). Equal amounts of protein (5 .mu.g) was
loaded on previously prepared 1D4-coupled cyanogen
bromide-activated Sepharose 4B beads for 1 hour at 4.degree. C.
Briefly, the Sepharose 4B beads were conjugated with 1D4 antibody
that recognizes the C-terminus of opsin. The beads were extensively
washed three times with PBS and twice with sodium phosphate buffer
(10 mM, pH 6.0), both containing 0.1% n-dodecyl-.beta.-D maltoside.
The protein was eluted in the sodium phosphate buffer containing a
synthetic 9 amino acid peptide corresponding to the C-terminus of
opsin protein. The eluted rhodopsin was analyzed on a
spectrophotometer scanning the UV-visible range from 250 to 650 nm
at increments of 1 nm.
[0546] Table 1 contains the results of .beta.-ionone (reference
compound 1) and test compounds in which the 480-500 nm absorbance
is expressed as a fold increase over the DMSO control. FIG. 1 shows
the spectral results using reference compound 1 according to
Biology Example 1.
Table 1
TABLE-US-00001 [0547] TABLE 1 Fold Increase Concentration Compound
Over Control (mM) .beta.-ionone 2.4 20 2 2.0 20 5 2.4 20 7 2.6 20 8
2.0 20 10 2.1 20 11 1.7 20 12 1.9 10 13 2.1 10 16 2.0 10 19 1.9 10
20 2.7 10 24 2.3 10 25 1.9 10 29 1.9 10 31 1.8 10 32 1.9 10 33 2.0
10 36 2.2 10 37 1.7 10 38 2.1 10 42 2.0 10 43 1.7 10 44 2.0 10 45
2.9 10 49 2.1 10 52 1.9 10 54 1.9 10 62 2.0 10 68 2.5 10 69 1.8 10
70 1.9 10 74 2.6 10 75 1.7 10
* * * * *